索尼SONY DVP-F21音响电路原理图
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
DVP-F21
RMT-D137A/RMT-D137P
SERVICE MANUAL
US Model
Canadian Model
AEP Model
UK Model
Mexico Model
Hong Kong Model
Singapore Model
SPECIFICATIONS
CD/DVD PLAYER
Specifications
System
Laser
Semiconductor laser
Signal format system
NTSC (EXCEPT AEP, UK)
PAL (AEP, UK)
Audio characteristics
Frequency response
DVD (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (±1.0 dB)
DVD (PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz (±0.5 dB)
CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB)
Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio)
115 dB (AUDIO OUT L/R jacks only)
Harmonic distortion
0.003%
Dynamic range
DVD: 103 dB
CD: 99 dB
Wow and flutter
Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK)
The signals from AUDIO OUT L/R jacks are measured. When you play PCM sound tracks with a 96 kHz sampling
frequency, the output signal from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack is converted to 48 kHz sampling frequency.
Outputs
General
Power requirements
DC 10.5 V
See page 3 for further information.
Power consumption
12 W
Dimensions (approx.)
252 × 60 × 183 mm (10 × 2 3/8 × 7 1/4 in.) (width/height/depth)
including projecting parts
Mass (approx.)
1.5 kg (3 lb 5 oz)
Operating temperature
5°C to 35°C (41°F to 95°F)
Operating humidity
25% to 80%
Jack name
Jack type
Maximum output
level
Load impedance
DIGITAL OUT
(OPTICAL)
Optical output jack
-18 dBm
Wave length 660 nm
AUDIO OUT L/R
Phono jack
2 Vrms (50 kilohms)
Over 10 kilohms
VIDEO OUT
Phono jack
1.0 Vp-p
75 ohms, sync negative
S-VIDEO OUT
4-pin mini DIN
Luminance signal:
1.0 Vp-p
Color signal:
0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)
0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
75 ohms, sync negative
75 ohms terminated
Supp
AC power adaptor
Mo
• Audio/video cord (pinplug × 3 ←→ pinplug × 3) (1)
• Remote commander (remote) RMT-D137A (1) (US, CND, MX)
RMT-D137P (1) (EXCEPT US, CND, MX)
• Size AA (R6) batteries (2)
• AC power adaptor AC-F21 (1)
• AC power cord (1)
• Jack cover for vertical installation (1)
del name
AC-F21
Power requirements
100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Output voltage
DC 10.5 V, 1.3 A in operating mode
Operating temperature
5°C to 35°C (41°F to 95°F)
Storage temperature
–20°C to 60°C (–4°F to 140°F)
lied accessories
Optional accessory
Active Speaker System SA-F21
Specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered mark. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Sony Corporation has determined
that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
– 2 –
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:
1.
Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-sol-dered
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes
and bridges.
2.
Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched”
or contact high-wattage resistors.
3.
Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transis-
tors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out
to the customer and recommend their replacement.
4.
Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs
of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recom-
mend their replacement.
5.
Check the line cord for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the
replacement of any such line cord to the customer.
6.
Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
7.
Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs,
screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage.
Check leakage as described below.
LEAKAGE TEST
The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and
from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a
return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5 mA (500 microamperes).
Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods.
1.
A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA
WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers' instructions to use these
instruments.
2.
A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245
digital multimeter is suitable for this job.
3.
Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM
or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The “limit” indica-tion is
0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low-voltage scale.
The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are ex-amples of a pas-
sive VOM that is suitable. Nearly all battery operated digital
multimeters that have a 2V AC range are suit-able. (See Fig. A)
WARNING!!
WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT
WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY
TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO
OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm
FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE
OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK.
ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT
À LA SÉCURITÉ!
LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÉS PAR UNE MARQUE !
!
!
!
! SUR LES
DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT
CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE
REMPLACER CES COM-POSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈCES SONY
DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU
DANS LES SUPPLÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK !
!
!
!
! OR DOTTED LINE WITH
MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS
PUB-LISHED BY SONY.
CAUTION:
The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye
hazard.
CLASS 3B LASER
LUOKAN 3B LASER
LASERKLASS 3B
CAUTION
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous ra-
diation exposure.
To Exposed Metal
Parts on Set
AC
voltmeter
(0.75 V)
Earth Ground
1.5 kΩ
0.15 µF
Fig. A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
– 3 –
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Title
Page
1.
GENERAL
2.
DISASSEMBLY
2-1.
Terminal Cover, Lower Case .......................................... 2-1
2-2.
Upper Case .................................................................... 2-1
2-3.
Mechanism Deck ............................................................ 2-1
2-4.
Chucking Arm Block ....................................................... 2-1
2-5.
MD-90, Board, Lever Assembly...................................... 2-2
2-6.
Base (C) Assembly......................................................... 2-2
2-7.
Optical Device ................................................................ 2-2
2-8.
BU Holder ....................................................................... 2-2
2-9.
Gate Assembly, Cover (T) .............................................. 2-3
2-10.
Roller (Slider) ................................................................. 2-3
2-11.
Slider (L), Slider (R)........................................................ 2-3
2-12.
FL-123 Board ................................................................. 2-3
2-13.
MB-99, IR-39 Boards...................................................... 2-4
2-14.
Sliders (L) and (R) Phase Adjustment ............................ 2-4
2-15.
Internal Views ................................................................. 2-5
2-16.
Circuit Boards Location .................................................. 2-6
3.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1.
Overall Block Diagram .................................................... 3-1
3-2.
RF/SERVO Block Diagram ............................................. 3-3
3-3.
Signal Processor Block Diagram .................................... 3-5
3-4.
System Control Block Diagram ...................................... 3-7
3-5.
Video Block Diagram ...................................................... 3-9
3-6.
Audio Block Diagram .................................................... 3-10
3-7.
Interface Control Block Diagram................................... 3-11
3-8.
Power Block Diagram ................................................... 3-12
4.
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC
DIAGRAMS
4-1.
Frame Schematic Diagram ............................................. 4-3
4-2.
Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams ........... 4-5
• IR-39 (IR) Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic
Diagrams .................................................................... 4-5
• MB-99 (VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO)
Printed Wiring Board .................................................. 4-7
• MB-99 (SYSTEM CONTROL) Schematic
Diagram .................................................................... 4-11
• MB-99 (RF SERVO) Schematic Diagram ................. 4-13
• MB-99 (SIGNAL PROCESS) Schematic Diagram ... 4-15
• MB-99 (SERVO) Schematic Diagram ....................... 4-17
• MB-99 (SIGNAL PROCESS) Schematic Diagram ... 4-19
• MB-99 (SIGNAL PROCESS) Schematic Diagram ... 4-21
• MB-99 (POWER) Schematic Diagram ...................... 4-23
• MB-99 (AV OUT) Schematic Diagram ...................... 4-25
• MB-99 (VIDEO) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-27
• MB-99 (AUDIO) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-29
• MB-99 (AVMS) Schematic Diagram ......................... 4-31
• MD-89 (FUNCTION SWITCH 1)
Printed Wiring Board and Schematic Diagram ......... 4-33
• FL-123 (INTERFACE CONTROL)
Printed Wiring Board ................................................ 4-35
• FL-123 (INTERFACE CONTROL)
Schematic Diagram .................................................. 4-37
• MD-90 (FUNCTION SWITCH) Printed Wiring Board
and Schematic Diagram ........................................... 4-39
• MD-91 (SWITCH) Printed Wiring Board and
Schematic Diagram .................................................. 4-39
Section
Title
Page
5.
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1.
System Control PIN Function (MB-99 Board IC103) ...... 5-1
5-2.
System Control PIN Function (FL-123 Board IC403) ..... 5-2
6.
TEST MODE
6-1.
General Description ....................................................... 6-1
6-2.
Starting Test Mode ......................................................... 6-1
6-3.
Syscon Diagnosis ........................................................... 6-1
6-4.
Drive Auto Adjustment .................................................... 6-5
6-5.
Drive Manual Operation ................................................. 6-7
6-6.
Mecha Aging ................................................................ 6-10
6-7.
Emergency History ....................................................... 6-10
6-8.
Version Information ...................................................... 6-12
6-9.
Video Level Adjustment ................................................ 6-12
6-10.
IF CON Function Check Mode ..................................... 6-12
6-11.
Troubleshooting ............................................................ 6-15
7.
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT
7-1.
Power Supply Check ...................................................... 7-1
1.
MB-99 Boards .......................................................... 7-1
7-2.
Adjustment of Video System .......................................... 7-2
1.
Video Level Adjustment (MB-99 Board) ................... 7-2
2.
Checking S Video Output S-Y .................................. 7-2
3.
Checking S Video Output S-C.................................. 7-2
7-3.
Adjustment Related Parts Arrangement ......................... 7-2
8.
REPAIR PARTS LIST
8-1.
Exploded Views .............................................................. 8-1
8-1-1.
Case Assembly ............................................................ 8-1
8-1-2.
MECH.DECK Block (1) ................................................ 8-2
8-1-3.
MECH.DECK Block (2) ................................................ 8-3
8-1-4.
CHASSIS Block ........................................................... 8-4
8-1-5.
Supplied Accessories .................................................. 8-5
8-2.
Electrical Parts List ......................................................... 8-6
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-1
DVP-F21
SECTION 1
GENERAL
7
About this Manual
• Instructions in this manual describe the
controls on the remote. You can also use the
controls on the player if they have the same
or similar names as those on the remote.
• The icons used in this manual are described
below:
This Player Can Play the
Following Discs
The “DVD VIDEO” logo is a trademark.
Region code
Your player has a region code printed on the
back of the unit and will only play DVDs
labeled with identical region codes.
DVDs labeled
will also play on this
player.
If you try to play any other DVD, the
message “Playback prohibited by area
limitations.” will appear on the TV screen.
Depending on the DVD, no region code
indication may be labeled even though
playing the DVD is prohibited by area
restrictions.
Example of discs that the player
cannot play
The player cannot play the following discs:
• CD-ROMs (PHOTO CDs included)
• All CD-Rs/RWs other than music and VCD
format CD-Rs/RWs
• Data part of CD-Extras
• DVD-ROMs
• DVD Audio discs
• DVD-RWs recorded in video recording
format (VR mode)
• HD layer on SACDs
Also, the player cannot play the following
discs:
• A DVD with a different region code (page
78).
• A disc recorded in a color system other than
NTSC, such as PAL or SECAM. (This
player conforms to the NTSC color
system.)
• A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g.,
card, heart).
• A disc with paper or stickers on it.
• A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane
tape or a sticker still left on it.
Icon
Meaning
Icon
Meaning
Functions
available in
DVD video
mode
Functions
available in
music CD
mode
Functions
available in
VIDEO CD
mode
z
More
convenient
features
Format of discs
ALL
Region Code
DVD VIDEO
VIDEO CD
Music CD
continued �
8
Note
Some CD-Rs or CD-RWs cannot be played on this
player depending upon the recording quality or
physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of
the recording device.
Furthermore, the disc will not play if it has not been
correctly finalized. For more information, see the
operating instructions for the recording device.
Note on playback operations of DVDs
and VIDEO CDs
Some playback operations of DVDs and
VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by
software producers. Since this player plays
DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc
contents the software producers designed,
some playback features may not be available.
Also, refer to the instructions supplied with
the DVDs or VIDEO CDs.
Copyrights
This product incorporates copyright
protection technology that is protected by
method claims of certain U.S. patents, other
intellectual property rights owned by
Macrovision Corporation, and other rights
owners. Use of this copyright protection
technology must be authorized by
Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for
home and other limited viewing uses only,
unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision
Corporation. Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
Notes about the Discs
On handling discs
• To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its
edge. Do not touch the surface.
• Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or
heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave
it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the
temperature may rise considerably inside
the car.
• After pressing A on the player to eject the
disc, do no leave the disc as it is. Remove it
completely from the player.
• After playing, store the disc in its case.
• If glue is present on the outer edge of the
disc, wipe the edge of the disc with the side
of a pen or pencil so that the glue is spread
evenly along the edge before inserting the
disc into the player. Be sure not to touch the
playback side of the disc when wiping the
edge.
• If burrs remain on the outer edge of the
disc, remove them by rubbing with the side
of a pen or pencil. If burrs are not removed,
discs may not load properly into the player,
or fragments of plastic adhering to the
playback side of the disc may cause
skipping in the sound.
On cleaning
• Before playing, clean the disc with a
cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the
center out.
• Do not use solvents such as benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or
anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs.
9
Index to Parts and Controls
For more information, refer to the pages indicated in parentheses.
Front Panel
A ./> (previous/next) buttons (37)
B x (stop) button (36)
C X (pause) button (37, 63)
D N (play) button (36)
E Disc slot (36)
F Front panel display (10)
G
(remote sensor) (15)
H SURROUND indicator (53)
I A (eject) button (37)
J ?/1 (power) button/indicator (36)
This section is extracted rom instruction
manual (3-070-343-11).
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-2
10
Front Panel Display
When playing back a DVD
When playing back a VIDEO CD (PBC)
When playing back a CD or VIDEO CD (without PBC)
Lights up when you
can change the angle
Disc type
Playing status
Lights up when BNR is
on (56)
Current play mode (A-B
Repeat Play) (44)
Current audio signal
(DTS format signal) (72)
Playing time, current title and
chapter number, etc. (48)
Current audio signal (Dolby Digital signal) (72)
Playing time or current scene
number (48)
Lights up when playing back a
VIDEO CD with PBC (40)
Playing status
Disc type
Current play mode (A-B Repeat Play) (44)
Lights up when BNR is on (56)
Playing status
Playing time
Current track
Disc type
Lights up when BNR is on
(56)
Current play mode (A-B Repeat Play) (44)
Current track and index
number, playing time, etc. (48)
11
Side Panel
A DC IN 10.5 V jack (17)
B AUDIO OUT L/R jacks (17, 23, 24, 26)
C DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (24,
26, 28)
D VIDEO OUT jack (17, 20)
E S-VIDEO OUT jack (20)
12
Remote
A SEARCH MODE button (47)
B BNR (Block Noise Reduction) button
(56)
C TIME/TEXT button (48)
D SURROUND button (53)
E ANGLE button (55)
F AUDIO button (51)
G PROGRAM button (41)
H SHUFFLE button (43)
I REPEAT button (44)
J ./> PREV (previous) /NEXT
buttons (37)
K H PLAY button (36)
L TOP MENU button (39)
M DISPLAY button (66)
N TV/DVD switch (64)
O ?/1 (power) button (36)
P TV operation buttons (64)
Q SUBTITLE button (55)
R CLEAR button (41, 43, 44, 44)
S VOL (volume) +/– buttons (64)
T A-B button (44)
U REPLAY button (37)
V
/
SCAN/SLOW buttons (46)
wd x STOP button (37)
wf X PAUSE button (37)
wg MENU button (39)
wh C/X/x/c buttons (32)
wj ORETURN button (40)
wk ENTER button (32)
13
Guide to On-Screen Displays (Status Bar, Control Bar, Control Menu)
The following explains the three types of on-screen displays used with this player:
Status Bar, Control Bar, and Control Menu.
Status Bar
Displays the current playing status.
This display appears when the DISPLAY button is pressed repeatedly during playback.
The numbers in parentheses indicate reference pages.
DVD T41 – 8
T
0:08:41
3/2.1
DOLBY DIGITAL
CHAPTER
Chapter number of the DVD
or the index number of the
VIDEO CD or CD (77).
Playback status
(NPlayback,
XPause, xStop, etc.)
Title number of the
DVD or the track
number of the VIDEO
CD or CD (77).
Playing time or
remaining time (49).
Type of disc being played back.
(DVD playback only)
Format of the current audio
signal (52).
Unit being repeated.
Lights up in green during Shuffle Play (43).
Lights up in green
during Program Play
(41).
Lights up in green
during Repeat Play
(44).
Example of when Repeat
Play is selected. The
display will differ when A-B
Repeat Pay is set.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-3
14
Control Bar
The Control Bar appears when a playback function is selected by pressing the function’s button
on the remote.
Control Menu
The Control Menu appears when the DISPLAY button is pressed when the player is in stop mode.
The number in parenthesis indicate reference pages.
2(7)
Playback function icon.
Lights up in green when a
playback function is
selected.
Selected item or unit.
Example of when
ANGLE is pressed
on the remote.
QUICK
SETUP (66)
• Select QUICK to make the minimum number of basic adjustments to use the
player.
• Select CUSTOM to make a full range of adjustments.
• Select RESET to return the adjustments to the default settings.
Lights up in green during
Program Play.
PROGRAM (41)
• Allows you to play, titles,
chapters or tracks in any
order you want.
CUSTOM
PARENTAL CONTROL
(58)
• Set this to limit the
playback of selected
discs.
15
Getting Started
15
Getting Started
Quick Overview
A quick overview presented in this chapter will give you enough information to start using the
player for your enjoyment. To use the surround sound features of this player, refer to “Hookups”
on page 19.
Notes
• You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a video input jack.
• Be sure to turn off the power of each component before connecting.
Step 1: Unpacking
Check that you have the following items:
• Audio/video cord (pinplug x 3 y pinplug x 3) (1)
• Remote commander (remote) RMT-D137A (1)
• Size AA (R6) batteries (2)
• AC power adaptor AC-F21 (1)
• AC power cord (1)
• Jack cover for vertical installation (1)
Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote
You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two size AA (R6) batteries by
matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When using
the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player.
Continued �
16
If you cannot operate the player with the remote
The player has 2 remote sensors, one at the top and one on the front (page 18). If one of the remote
sensor is exposed to direct sunlight or lighting apparatus, the remote may not operate correctly.
If this happens, select a remote sensor in the following way until you find one that works.
When the power is on and no disc is inserted in the player, press . for more than 2 seconds
while pressing x.
The selected remote sensor is displayed on the front panel display as follows:
* The default setting
Notes
• Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place.
• Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries.
• Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a
malfunction.
• If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from
battery leakage and corrosion.
BOTH* (The player
receives the remote
signal at both remote
sensors.)
TOP (The player
receives the remote
signal at the top
remote sensor.)
FRONT (The player
receives the remote
signal at the front
remote sensor.)
t
t
17
Getting Started
17
Step 3: TV Hookups
Remove the jack cover from the player (see fig. A). Connect the supplied audio/video cord and
power cord in the order (1~3) shown below. Be sure to connect the power cord last.
When connecting to a wide screen TV
Depending on the disc, the image may not fit your TV screen.
If you want to change the aspect ratio, please refer to page 68.
3 Power source
1 Audio/video cord
(supplied)
CD/DVD Player
TV
2 Power source
l: Signal flow
to video input
to AUDIO
OUT L
(red)
(white)
(yellow)
to VIDEO
OUT
(red)
(white)
(yellow)
to audio input
(yellow)
(white)
(red)
AC power adaptor
(AC-F21, supplied)
to
AUDIO
OUT R
(white) (red)
(yellow)
AC power cord
(supplied)
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-4
18
Step 4: Playing a Disc
A Turn on the TV.
B Switch the input selector on the TV to the player.
C Press ?/1 on the player.
D Insert the disc into the disc slot with the playback side facing down.
E Press N.
The player begins playing the disc.
After Step 5
Depending on the disc, a menu may be displayed on the TV screen. If so, select the item you want
from the menu and play the DVD (page 39) or VIDEO CD disc (page 40).
To stop playing
Press x.
To take out the disc
Press A on the player, then remove the disc.
To turn off the player
Press ?/1. The player is set to standby mode and the ?/1 indicator lights up in red.
5
3
With the playback side facing down
A
Remote sensor
Remote sensor
19
Hookups
Hookups
Hooking Up the Player
Follow Steps 1 to 5 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player.
Before you start, turn off the power, check that you have all of the supplied accessories, and insert
the batteries into the remote (page 15). Remove the jack cover.
Notes
• Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise.
• Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected.
20
Step 1: Connecting the Video Cords
Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord.
Select one of the patterns A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or
AV amplifier (receiver).
Audio/video cord
(supplied)
S video cord
(not supplied)
CD/DVD player
AC power adaptor
(AC-F21, supplied)
TV, projector, AV
amplifier (receiver)
(yellow)
(yellow)
TV, projector, AV
amplifier (receiver)
(yellow)
l: Signal flow
to VIDEO
OUT
AC power cord
(supplied)
to S-VIDEO
OUT
21
Hookups
A If you are connecting to a video input jack
Connect the yellow plugs of the audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jacks. You will
enjoy standard quality images.
Use the red and white plugs to connect to the audio input jacks (page 23).
B If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack
Connect the S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images.
Note
Do not connect your player to a VCR. You may not receive a clear image on the TV screen if you pass the player
signals via the VCR.
Yellow (Video)
White (L)
Red (R)
Yellow (Video)
White (L)
Red (R)
VCR
CD/DVD player
TV
Connect directly.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-5
22
Step 2: Connecting the Audio Cords
Refer to the chart below to select the connection that best suits your system. The surround effects
you will enjoy depend on the connections and components you use.
Select a connection
Select one of the following connections,
through
.
* Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro Logic,” and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Confidential unpublished works. © 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights
reserved.
**“DTS” is a registered trademark of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
Connection
Components to be connected
(page 23)
TV (stereo)
(page 24)
Stereo amplifier (receiver)
(having L and R audio input jacks only, or having a digital input jack)
• 2 speakers
(front L and R)
(page 24)
MD deck/DAT deck
(page 26)
AV amplifier (receiver) with a Dolby* Surround (Pro Logic) decoder
(having L and R audio input jacks only, or having a digital input jack)
• 3 speakers
(front L and R, and rear (monaural))
• 6 speakers
(front L and R, center, rear L and R, subwoofer)
(page 28)
AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby Digital or DTS** decoder, and
a digital input jack
• 6 speakers
(front L and R, center, rear L and R, subwoofer)
A
D
A
B
B
C
D
23
Hookups
Connecting to your TV
This connection will use your TV speakers for sound.
xRecommended surround sound effects for this connection.
• TVS DYNAMIC (page 53)
• TVS WIDE (page 53)
The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 20).
A
Audio/video cord
(supplied)
CD/DVD player
TV
(white)
(red)
(yellow)
(white)
(red)
(yellow)
l: Signal flow
to audio input
to AUDIO
OUT L
to
AUDIO
OUT R
AC power cord
(supplied)
AC power adaptor
(AC-F21, supplied)
(white) (red)
continued �
24
Connecting to a stereo amplifier (receiver) and 2 speakers/Connecting to an
MD deck or DAT deck
This connection will use your 2 front speakers connected to your stereo amplifier (receiver) for
sound. If the stereo amplifier (receiver) has audio input jacks L and R only, use
. If the
amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, use
. When connecting to an MD deck or a DAT
deck, use
. In this case, you can also connect the player directly to the MD deck or DAT
deck without using your stereo amplifier (receiver).
xRecommended surround sound effects for the
connection only.
• TVS STANDARD (page 53)
z In connection
, you can use the supplied audio/video cord instead of using a separate audio cord.
z To realize better surround sound effects, make sure that your listening position is in between your speakers.
Note
If you select one of the TVS effects while playing a disc, no sound will come from your speakers with the
connection.
B
B-1
B-2
B-2
B-1
B-1
B-2
25
Hookups
Stereo amplifier (receiver)
CD/DVD player
Stereo audio cord
(not supplied)
Optical digital cord
(not supplied)
to audio input
to optical digital
input
(white)
(red)
(white)
(red)
[Speakers]
Front (L)
Front (R)
MD deck/DAT deck
or
l: Signal flow
to AUDIO
OUT R
to AUDIO
OUT L
to DIGITAL OUT
(OPTICAL)
AC power adaptor
(AC-F21, supplied)
AC power cord
(supplied)
(white) (red)
continued �
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-6
26
Connecting to a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder amplifier (receiver) and
3 to 6 speakers
This connection will allow you to enjoy the surround effects of the Dolby Surround (Pro Logic)
decoder on your amplifier (receiver). If you have an AV amplifier (receiver) equipped with a
Dolby Digital or DTS decoder, refer to page 28.
You can enjoy the Dolby Surround effects only when playing Dolby Surround audio or
multichannel audio (Dolby Digital) discs.
Pro Logic uses a minimum of 3 speakers (front L and R, and rear (monaural)). The surround
effects are enhanced if 6 speakers (front L and R, center, rear L and R, and subwoofer) are used.
If your amplifier (receiver) has R and L audio input jacks only, use
. If your amplifier
(receiver) has a digital input jack, use
.
xRecommended surround sound effects using this connection with your amplifier (receiver).
• Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 72)
z For correct speaker setting location, please refer to the operating instructions of the amplifier (receiver).
C
C-1
C-2
27
Hookups
* When connecting 6 speakers, replace the monaural rear speaker with a center speaker, 2 rear speakers and a
subwoofer.
to audio input
CD/DVD player
Optical digital cord
(not supplied)
Stereo audio cord
(not supplied)
to optical digital
input
(white)
(red)
(white)
(red)
Amplifier (receiver) with
Dolby Surround decoder
[Speakers]
[Speakers]
Rear (L)
Rear (R)
Subwoofer
Center
Rear*
(mono)
Front (L)
Front (R)
l: Signal flow
or
to AUDIO
OUT R
to AUDIO
OUT L
to DIGITAL OUT
(OPTICAL)
AC power adaptor
(AC-F21, supplied)
AC power cord
(supplied)
(white)
(red)
continued �
28
Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack having a
Dolby Digital or DTS decoder, and 6 speakers
This connection will allow you to use the Dolby Digital or DTS decoder function of your AV
amplifier (receiver). You are not able to enjoy the TVS sound effects of the player.
xRecommended surround sound effects using this connection with your amplifier (receiver).
• Dolby Digital (5.1ch) (page 72)
• DTS (5.1ch) (page 72)
z To enhance the surround sound effects, refer to the operating instructions of the amplifier (receiver) for correct
speaker setting location.
Note
After you have completed the connection, be sure to set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” (page 32). If
your AV amplifier (receiver) has a DTS decoder, set “DTS” to “ON” (page 32). Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise
will come from the speakers.
D
29
Hookups
to optical digital input
Optical digital cord (not
supplied)
CD/DVD player
[Speakers]
[Speakers]
AV amplifier (receiver) with a decoder
Front (R)
Front (L)
Center
Rear (R)
Rear (L)
Subwoofer
l: Signal flow
to DIGITAL OUT
(OPTICAL)
AC power adaptor
(AC-F21, supplied)
AC power cord
(supplied)
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-7
30
Step 3: Attaching the Jack Cover
You can install the player horizontally, vertically or on the wall.
Notes
• Make sure that the connecting cords are not trapped by the jack cover.
• If you use commercially available cords, make sure that those cords are similar to the supplied cords in size. If the
cords are too thick or hard, or the plug is too large, you may not be able to attach the jack cover securely.
When you install the player horizontally
First, gather all the connecting cords together and let them pass through the side of the player.
Then attach the jack cover carefully not to trap the cords.
When you install the player vertically
First, gather all the connecting cords together and let them pass through the side of the player.
Then attach the jack cover for vertical installation (supplied) carefully not to trap the cords.
Notes
• When you place the player in a horizontal position, remove the jack cover for vertical installation.
• To move the player, hold the player itself. If you hold the flat part of the jack cover for vertical installation, it may
break.
• Do not place the player in a vertical position without attaching the jack cover for vertical installation. If you do not
attach it, the player will be unstable and may fall over.
31
Hookups
When you install the player on the wall
When you install the player on the wall, ask a qualified installer to do the job. The player should
be installed in the following way.
Attach the jack cover as in the same way for the horizontal installation.
Fasten screws (not supplied) to the wall at the same height 3 1/4 in. (80 mm) apart. The screws
should protrude by 3/16 to 7/32 in. (4 to 5 mm).
Remove the seals covering the hanging holes. Hang the player on the screws. Push the player
tightly against the wall.
Note
When you disconnect or connect the cords, take the player down from the wall.
Step 4: Connecting the Power Cord
Plug the player and TV power cords into an AC outlet.
Do not connect the power cord of your player to the “switched” power socket of an amplifier
(receiver). Otherwise, when you turn off the power of your amplifier (receiver), the settings for
the player may be lost.
3 1/4 in.
3/16 - 7/32 in.
32
Step 5: Quick Setup
Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments to use the player. To
skip an adjustment press >, to return to the previous adjustment, press ..
A Turn on the TV.
B Switch the input selector on the TV to the player.
C Press ?/1 on the player or the remote.
“Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP.” appears at the bottom of the screen. If this message
does not appear, select “QUICK” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu (page 66) to run Quick
Setup.
D Press ENTER without inserting a disc.
The Setup Display for selecting the language used in the on-screen display appears.
E Press X/x to select a language.
The player uses the language selected here to display the menu and subtitles as well.
?/1
./>
X/x
ENTER
?/1
LANGUAGE SETUP
OSD:
MENU:
AUDIO:
SUBTITLE:
FRENCH
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
SPANISH
PORTUGUESE
33
Hookups
F Press ENTER.
The Setup Display for selecting the aspect ratio of the TV to be connected appears.
G Press X/x to select the item.
H Press ENTER.
The Setup Display for selecting the type of jack used to connect your amplifier (receiver)
appears.
I Press X/x to select the item, then press ENTER.
• When “NO” or “AUDIO OUTPUT L/R” is selected, Quick Setup is finished and connections
are complete.
• When “DIGITAL OUTPUT” is selected, the Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL”
appears. Proceed to Step 0.
TV Type
You select
Page
4:3 standard TV
4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3
PAN SCAN
68
A wide-screen TV or 4:3 standard TV with the
wide-screen mode
16:9
68
SCREEN SETUP
TV TYPE:
SCREEN SAVER:
BACKGROUND:
4:3 PAN SCAN
4:3 LETTER BOX
16:9
4:3 LETTER BOX
YES
NO
Is this player connected to an amplifier
(receiver) ? Select the type of jack you
are using.
AUDIO OUTPUT L/R
DIGITAL OUTPUT
continued �
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-8
34
J Press X/x to select the item.
Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected in pages 24 to 28 (
through
).
K Press ENTER.
“DTS” is selected.
L Press X/x to select the item.
Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected in pages 24 to 28 (
through
).
M Press ENTER.
Quick Setup is finished. All connections and setup operations are complete.
Note
You can directly start Quick Setup only when you run it for the first time.
To run Quick Setup a second time, select “QUICK” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu (page 66).
Audio Cord Connection Type
You select
Page
D-PCM
71
DOLBY DIGITAL (only if the
amplifier/receiver has a Dolby Digital
decoder)
71
Audio Cord Connection Type
You select
Page
OFF
71
ON (only if the amplifier/receiver has
a DTS decoder)
71
B
D
AUDIO SETUP
AUDIO ATT:
AUDIO DRC:
DIGITAL OUT:
DOLBY DIGITAL:
DTS:
OFF
STANDARD
ON
DOWNMIX:
DOLBY SURROUND
DOLBY DIGITAL
D-PCM
D-PCM
B-2
C-2
D
AUDIO SETUP
AUDIO ATT:
AUDIO DRC:
DIGITAL OUT:
DOLBY DIGITAL:
DTS:
OFF
STANDARD
ON
DOWNMIX:
DOLBY SURROUND
D-PCM
OFF
OFF
ON
B
D
B-2
C-2
D
35
Hookups
Enjoying the surround sound effects
To enjoy the surround sound effects of this player or your amplifier (receiver), the following
items must be set as described below for the audio connection you selected in pages 24 to 28
(
through
). Each of these are the default settings and do not need to be adjusted when
you first connect the player. Refer to page 66 for using the Setup Display.
Audio Connection (pages 23 to 28)
No additional settings are needed.
• If the sound distorts even when the volume is turned down, set “AUDIO ATT” to “ON” (page
71).
Item
You select
Page
DOWNMIX
DOLBY SURROUND
72
Item
You select
Page
DOWNMIX
DOLBY SURROUND
72
DIGITAL OUT
ON
72
B
D
A
B-1
C-1
B-2
C-2
D
36
Playing Discs
Playing Discs
Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some
operations may be different or restricted.
Refer to the operating instructions supplied
with your disc.
1 Turn on your TV.
2 Switch the input selector on the TV
to the player.
When using an amplifier (receiver)
Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and
select the appropriate channel.
3 Press ?/1.
The ?/1 indicator (red) changes to green
and the front panel display lights up.
4 Insert a disc in the player.
5 Press N on the player or H on the
remote.
The player starts playback (continuous
play). Adjust the volume on the TV or the
amplifier (receiver).
After following Step 5
Depending on the disc, a menu may appear
on the TV screen. You can play the disc
interactively by following the instructions on
the menu. DVD (page 39), VIDEO CD (page
40).
To turn off the player
Press ?/1. The player enters standby mode
and the ?/1 indicator lights up in red. To turn
off the player completely, disconnect the AC
power cord. While playing a disc, do not
disconnect the AC power cord. Doing so may
cancel the menu settings. When you turn off
the player, first press x to stop playback and
then press ?/1.
Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on
a CD
• When playing DTS-encoded CDs,
excessive noise will be heard from the
analog stereo jacks. To avoid possible
damage to the audio system, the consumer
should take proper precautions when the
analog stereo jacks of the player are
connected to an amplification system. To
x
A
?/1 button/indicator
N
H
x
AUDIO
?/1
With the playback side
facing down
37
Playing Discs
enjoy DTS Digital Surround™ playback, an
external 5.1-channel decoder system must
be connected to the digital jack of the
player.
• Set the sound to “STEREO” using the
AUDIO button when you play DTS sound
tracks on a CD (page 51).
• Do not play DTS sound tracks without first
connecting the player to an audio
component having a built-in DTS decoder.
The player outputs the DTS signal via the
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack even if
“DTS” in “AUDIO SETUP” is set to “OFF”
in the Setup Display (page 73), and may
affect your ears or cause your speakers to be
damaged.
Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS
sound track
• DTS audio signals are output only through
the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack.
• If you connect the player to audio
equipment without a DTS decoder, do not
set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP”
(page 73). A loud noise may come out from
the speakers, affecting your ears or causing
the speakers to be damaged.
• When you play a DVD with DTS sound
tracks, set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO
SETUP” (page 73).
Notes
• When you insert an 8-cm (3-inch) disc, insert the
disc slowly at the center of the disc slot. If you
cannot eject the disc, consult your nearest Sony
dealer.
• No adaptor is required in order to play 8-cm (3-inch)
discs on this player. If an adapter is used, damage to
the player may result; therefore, never use an adapter
when playing 8-cm (3-inch) discs.
Additional operations
z The Replay function is useful when you want to
review a scene or dialog that you missed.
Note
You may not be able to use the Replay function with
some scenes.
To
Operation
Stop
Press x
Pause
Press X
Resume play after
pause
Press X or H or N
Go to the next chapter,
track, or scene in
continuous play mode
Press >
Go back to the
preceding chapter,
track, or scene in
continuous play mode
Press .
Stop play and remove
the disc
Press A
Replay a previous
scene (DVD only)
Press REPLAY
./>
x X
N
A
./>
H
x
X
REPLAY
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-9
38
Resuming Playback from
the Point Where You
Stopped the Disc (Resume
Play)
When you stop the disc, the player
remembers the point where you pressed x
and “RESUME” appears on the front panel
display. As long as you do not remove the
disc, Resume Play works even if the player
enters standby mode by pressing ?/1.
1 While playing a disc, press x to stop
playback.
“RESUME” appears on the front panel
display and you can restart the disc from
the point where you stopped the disc.
If “RESUME” does not appear, Resume
Play is not available.
2 Press H.
The player starts playback from the point
where you stopped the disc in Step 1.
z To play from the beginning of the disc, press x
twice, then press H.
Notes
• Depending on where you stopped the disc, the player
may not resume playback from exactly the same
point.
• The point where you stopped playing is cleared
when:
– you disconnect the AC power cord.
– you change the play mode.
– you change the settings on the Setup Display.
H
x
39
Playing Discs
Using the DVD’s Menu
Some discs have a “top menu” or a “menu.”
Using the top menu
A DVD is divided into long sections of a
picture or a music feature called “titles.”
When you play a DVD which contains
several titles, you can select the title you want
using the top menu.
1 Press TOP MENU.
The top menu appears on the TV screen.
The contents of the menu vary from disc
to disc.
2 Press C/X/x/c to select the title you
want to play.
3 Press ENTER.
The player starts playing the selected
title.
Using the menu
Some DVDs allow you to select the disc
contents using a menu. When you play these
DVDs, you can select items such as the
language for the subtitles and the language
for the sound using the menu.
1 Press MENU.
The menu appears on the TV screen. The
contents of the menu vary from disc to
disc.
2 Press C/X/x/c to select the item you
want to change.
3 To change other items, repeat Step 2.
4 Press ENTER.
TOP MENU
C/X/x/c
ENTER
C/X/x/c
MENU
ENTER
40
Playing VIDEO CDs with
PBC Functions (PBC Playback)
With PBC (Playback Control) functions, you
can enjoy simple interactive operations,
search functions, and other operations.
PBC playback allows you to play VIDEO
CDs interactively by following the menu on
the TV screen.
1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC
functions.
The menu for your selection appears.
2 Select the item number you want by
pressing X/x.
3 Press ENTER.
4 Follow the instructions in the menu
for interactive operations.
Refer to the instructions supplied with
the disc, as the operating procedure may
differ according to the VIDEO CD.
To go back to the menu
Press ORETURN.
z To play without using PBC, press ./>
while the player is stopped to select a track, then press
H or ENTER.
“Play without PBC.” appears on the TV screen and the
player starts continuous play. You cannot play still
pictures such as a menu.
To return to PBC playback, press x twice then press
H.
Note
Depending on the VIDEO CD, “Press ENTER” in
Step 3 may appear as “Press SELECT” in the
instructions supplied with the disc. In this case, press
H.
./>
X/x
x
ORETURN
ENTER
H
41
Playing Discs
Various Play Mode
Functions (Program Play, Shuffle
Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play)
You can set the following play modes:
• Program Play (page 41)
• Shuffle Play (page 43)
• Repeat Play (page 44)
• A-B Repeat Play (page 44)
Note
• The play mode is canceled when:
– you eject the disc.
– the player enters standby mode by pressing ?/1.
Creating your own program (Program
Play)
You can play the contents of the discs in the
order you want by arranging the order of the
titles, chapters, or tracks to create your own
program. You can program up to 99 titles,
chapters, and tracks.
1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in
stop mode.
The Control Menu is displayed.
2 Press X/x to select
(PROGRAM)
and press ENTER.
The options for “PROGRAM” appear.
CLEAR
PROGRAM
H
ENTER
X/x/c
DISPLAY
REPEAT
SHUFFLE
SET
OFF
ON
OFF
continued �
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-10
42
3 Press X/x to select “SETt” and press
ENTER.
The display for programming appears.
4 Press c.
The cursor moves to the title or track (in
this case, “01”).
5 Select the title, chapter, or track you
want to program.
x When playing a DVD
For example, select chapter “03” of title
“02.”
Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then
press ENTER.
Next, press X/x to select “03” under
“C,” then press ENTER.
x When playing a VIDEO CD or CD
For example, select track “02.”
Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then
press ENTER.
6 To program other titles, chapters, or
tracks, repeat Steps 4 to 5.
The programmed titles, chapters, and
tracks are displayed in the selected order.
PROGRAM
1. TITLE
ALL CLEAR
2. TITLE – –
3. TITLE – –
4. TITLE – –
5. TITLE – –
6. TITLE – –
7. TITLE – –
T
– –
01
02
03
04
05
Tracks or titles recorded on a disc
“TRACK” is displayed when you
play a VIDEO CD or a CD
PROGRAM
1. TITLE – –
ALL CLEAR
2. TITLE – –
3. TITLE – –
4. TITLE – –
5. TITLE – –
6. TITLE – –
7. TITLE – –
T
C
ALL
01
02
03
04
05
06
– –
01
02
03
04
05
Chapters recorded on a disc
PROGRAM
1. TITLE – –
ALL CLEAR
2. TITLE – –
3. TITLE – –
4. TITLE – –
5. TITLE – –
6. TITLE – –
7. TITLE – –
C
ALL
02
03
04
05
06
T
– –
01
02
03
04
05
01
T
– –
01
02
03
04
05
PROGRAM
1. TITLE 0 2 – 0 3
ALL CLEAR
2. TITLE – –
3. TITLE – –
4. TITLE – –
5. TITLE – –
6. TITLE – –
7. TITLE – –
Selected title and chapter
PROGRAM
1. TRACK 0 2
ALL CLEAR
2. TRACK – –
3. TRACK – –
4. TRACK – –
5. TRACK – –
6. TRACK – –
7. TRACK – –
0:15:30
– –
01
02
03
04
05
T
Total time of the programmed
tracks
Selected track
43
Playing Discs
7 Press H to start Program Play.
Program Play begins.
When the program ends, you can restart
the same program again by pressing H.
To return to normal play
Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 3.
To play the same program again, select “ON”
in Step 3 and press H.
To turn off the Control Menu
Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control
Menu is turned off.
To change or cancel a program
1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Creating
your own program (Program Play).”
2 Select the program number of the title,
chapter, or track you want to change or
cancel using X/x, and press c.
3 Follow Step 5 for new programming. To
cancel a program, select “--” under “T,”
then press ENTER.
To cancel all the titles, chapters, or
tracks in the programmed order
1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Creating
your own program (Program Play).”
2 Press X and select “ALL CLEAR.”
3 Then press ENTER.
z You can do Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of the
programmed titles, chapters, or tracks by pressing
REPEAT or SHUFFLE during Program Play.
z You can select “PROGRAM” directly by pressing
PROGRAM.
Note
The number of titles, chapters, or tracks displayed are
the same number of titles, chapters, or tracks recorded
on a disc.
Playing in random order (Shuffle
Play)
You can have the player “shuffle” titles,
chapters, or tracks and play them in a random
order. Subsequent “shuffling” may produce a
different playing order.
1 Press SHUFFLE during playback.
The Control Bar is displayed.
2 Press SHUFFLE repeatedly to select the
item you want to set.
x When playing a DVD (Program Play is
set to “OFF”)
• TITLE: Shuffles titles and plays
them in random order.
• CHAPTER: Shuffles chapters and
plays them in random order.
x When playing a VIDEO CD or CD
(Program Play is set to “OFF”)
• TRACK: Shuffles tracks and plays
them in random order.
x When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, or
DVD (Program Play is set to “ON”)
• ON: Shuffles titles or tracks selected
in Program Play and plays them in
random order.
CLEAR
SHUFFLE
H
TITLE
continued �
44
To return to normal play
Press CLEAR or select “OFF” in Step 2.
z You can set the player to “shuffle” in stop mode as
well. After pressing SHUFFLE to select the item you
want to set, press H. Shuffle Play starts.
Note
Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in random
order when “CHAPTER” is selected.
Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play)
You can play all of the titles or tracks on a
disc or a single title, chapter, or track
repeatedly.
You can use a combination of Shuffle or
Program Play modes.
1 Press REPEAT during playback.
The Control Bar appears.
2 Press REPEAT repeatedly to select the
item you want to set.
x When playing a DVD (Program Play
and Shuffle Play are set to “OFF”)
• DISC: Repeats all of the titles.
• TITLE: Repeats the current title on a
disc.
• CHAPTER: Repeats the current
chapter.
x When playing a VIDEO CD or CD
(Program Play and Shuffle Play are set
to “OFF”)
• DISC: Repeats all of the tracks on a
disc.
• TRACK: Repeats the current track.
x When Program Play is set to “ON” or
Shuffle Play is activated
• ON: Repeats Program Play or Shuf-
fle Play.
To return to normal play
Press CLEAR or select “OFF” in Step 2.
z You can set the player to “repeat” in stop mode as
well. After pressing REPEAT to select the item you
want to set, press H. Repeat Play starts.
Repeating a specific portion (A-B
Repeat Play)
You can play a specific portion of a title,
chapter, or track repeatedly. (This function is
useful when you want to memorize lyrics,
etc.)
)
1 During playback, when you find the
starting point (point A) of the portion to
be played repeatedly, press A-B.
The Control Bar appears.
The starting point (point A) is set.
CLEAR
REPEAT
H
CHAPTER
CLEAR
A-B
A13 – 0:27:34 B
45
Playing Discs
2 When you reach the ending point (point
B), press A-B again.
The set points are displayed and the
player starts repeating this specific
portion.
“A-B” appears on the front panel display
during A-B Repeat Play.
To return to normal play
Press CLEAR.
Notes
• You can set A-B Repeat Play for only one specific
section.
• When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for
Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Program Play are
canceled.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-11
46
Searching for a Scene
Searching for a Particular
Point on a Disc (Scan, Slow-
motion Play)
You can locate a particular point on a disc
quickly by monitoring the picture or playing
back slowly.
Note
Depending on the DVD/VIDEO CD, you may not be
able to do some of the operations described.
Locating a point quickly by playing a
disc in fast forward or fast reverse
(Scan)
Press
or
while playing a disc.
When you find the point you want, press H
to return to normal speed.
Each time you press
or
during
scan, the playback speed changes. Three
speeds are available. With each press the
indication changes as follows:
Playback direction
x2B (DVD/CD only) t 1M t 2M
Opposite direction
x2b (DVD only) t 1m t 2m
The “x2B”/”x2b” playback speed is about
twice the normal speed. The “2M”/”2m”
playback speed is faster than “1M”/
”1m.”
Watching frame by frame (Slow-
motion Play)
Press
or
when the player is in
pause mode. To return to the normal speed,
press H.
Each time you press
or
during
Slow-motion Play, the playback speed
changes. Two speeds are available. With
each press the indication changes as follows:
Playback direction
2y y 1y
Opposite direction (DVD only)
2
y 1
The “2y”/”2
” playback speed is slower
than “1y”/”1
.”
H
/
y
y
y
y
47
Searching for a Scene
Searching for a Title/
Chapter/Track/Index/
Scene (Search mode)
You can search a DVD disc by title or
chapter, and you can search a VIDEO CD or
CD by track, index, or scene.
As title and tracks are assigned unique
numbers on the disc, you can select the
desired one by entering its number. Or, you
can search for a scene using the time code.
1 Press SEARCH MODE during
playback.
The Control Bar appears.
“--(**)” appears next to the icon on the
Control Bar (** refers to a number). The
number in parentheses indicates the total
number of titles, tracks, scenes, etc. of the
disc.
2 Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly to
select the search method.
x When playing a DVD
(TITLE),
(CHAPTER),
(TIME/TEXT), or
(NUMBER
INPUT)
Select “TIME/TEXT” to search for a
starting point by inputting the time code.
x When playing a VIDEO CD
(TRACK) or
(INDEX)
x When playing a VIDEO CD with PBC
Playback
(SCENE)
x When playing a CD
(TRACK) or
(INDEX)
3 Select the number of the title, track,
scene, time code, etc., you want by
pressing X/x to select the digit,
following by c to move the cursor.
For example, to find the scene at 2 hours,
10 minutes, and 20 seconds after the
beginning, select “TIME/TEXT” in Step
2 and enter “2:10:20.”
If you make a mistake
Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR,
then select another number.
4 Press ENTER.
The player starts playback from the
selected number.
z If you are playing a disc and it is necessary to enter
a number, select “NUMBER INPUT” in Step 2.
SEARCH
MODE
CLEAR
X/x/c
ENTER
-(10)
48
Viewing Information About the Disc
Viewing the Playing Time
and Remaining Time on
the Front Panel Display
You can check information about the disc,
such as the remaining time, current number
of title of a DVD, or track of a CD or VIDEO
CD, using the front panel display (page 10).
Press TIME/TEXT.
Each time you press TIME/TEXT while
playing the disc, the display changes as
shown in the following charts.
When playing a DVD
TIME/TEXT
Playing time of the current title
Remaining time of the
current title
Playing time of the
current chapter
Text
Remaining time of the
current chapter
Current title and
chapter number
Automatically
49
Viewing Information About the Disc
When playing a VIDEO CD (without
PBC functions) or CD
z When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions,
the scene number or the playing time is displayed.
z The playing time and remaining time of the current
chapter, title, track, scene, or disc will also appear on
your TV screen. See the following section “Checking
the Playing Time and Remaining Time” for
instructions on how to read this information.
Note
Depending on the type of disc being played and the
playing mode, the above mentioned disc information
may not be displayed.
Checking the Playing
Time and Remaining Time
You can check the playing time and
remaining time of the current title, chapter, or
track, and the playing time or remaining time
of the disc. Also, you can check the DVD/CD
text recorded on the disc.
1 Press DISPLAY once during
playback.
The Status Bar is displayed.
Track playing time and the current track
number
Remaining time of the
current track
Playing time of the
disc
Remaining time of
the disc
Text
Current track and
index number
Automatically
TIME/
TEXT
DISPLAY
DVD T41 – 8
T 1:01:57
Time information
Disc type
Title or track number
continued �
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-12
50
2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to
change the time information.
The display and the kinds of time that you
can change depend on the disc you are
playing.
x When playing a DVD
• T **:**:**
Playing time of the current title
• T–**:**:**
Remaining time of the current title
• C **:**:**
Playing time of the current chapter
• C–**:**:**
Remaining time of the current chap-
ter
x When playing a VIDEO CD (with PBC
functions)
• **:**
Playing time of the current scene
x When playing a VIDEO CD (without
PBC functions) or CD
• T **:**
Playing time of the current track
• T–**:**
Remaining time of the current track
• D **:**
Playing time of the current disc
• D–**:**
Remaining time of the current disc
To turn off the Status Bar
Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Status
Bar is turned off.
Checking the DVD/CD text
Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in Step 2 to
display the text recorded on the DVD/CD.
z If the DVD/CD text does not fit on a single line,
you can see the entire text by watching it scroll across
the front panel display.
z You can select the time and text directly by
pressing TIME/TEXT.
Notes
• Only letters of the alphabet can be displayed.
• This player can only display the first level of DVD/
CD text, such as the disc’s name or title.
BRAHMS SYMPHONY
The
DVD/
CD text
51
Sound Adjustments
Sound Adjustments
Changing the Sound
If the DVD is recorded with multilingual
tracks, you can select the language you want
while playing the DVD.
If the DVD is recorded in multiple audio
formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, or DTS), you
can select the audio format you want while
playing the DVD.
With stereo CDs or VIDEO CDs, you can
select the sound from the right or left channel
and listen to the sound of the selected channel
through both the right and left speakers. (In
this case, the sound loses its stereo effect.)
For example, when playing a disc containing
a song with the vocals on the right channel
and the instruments on the left channel, you
can select the left channel and hear the
instruments from both speakers.
1 Press AUDIO during playback.
The Control Bar is displayed.
The number in parentheses indicates the
total number of available audio signals.
2 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select the
desired audio signal.
x When playing a DVD
Depending on the DVD, the choice of
language varies.
When 4 digits are displayed, they
represent the language code. Refer to the
language code list on page 81 to see
which language the code represents.
When the same language is displayed two
or more times, the DVD is recorded in
multiple audio formats.
x When playing a VIDEO CD or CD
The default setting is underlined.
• STEREO: The standard stereo
sound
• 1/L: The sound of the left channel
(monaural)
• 2/R: The sound of the right channel
(monaural)
Notes
• For discs not in multiple audio format, you cannot
change the sound.
• While playing a DVD, the sound may change
automatically.
AUDIO
DISPLAY
1(4): ENGLISH
continued �
52
Checking the audio signal format
If you press DISPLAY twice during
playback, the format of the current audio
signal (Dolby Digital, DTS, PCM, etc.)
appears as shown below.
Example
• Dolby Digital 5.1 ch
• Dolby Digital 3 ch
• PCM (Stereo)
About audio signals
Audio signals recorded in a disc contain the
sound elements (channels) shown below.
Each channel is output from a separate
speaker.
• Front (L)
• Front (R)
• Center
• Rear (L)
• Rear (R)
• Rear (Monaural): This signal can be either
the Dolby Surround Sound processed
signals or the Dolby Digital sound’s
monaural rear audio signals.
• LFE (Low Frequency Effect) signal
Note
If “DTS” is set to “OFF” in “AUDIO SETUP,” the
DTS track selection option will not appear on the
screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks (page 73).
3 / 2 .1
DOLBY DIGITAL
Rear (L/R)
Front (L/R) +
Center
LFE (Low
Frequency
Effect)
DOLBY DIGITAL
2 / 1
Front (L/R) Rear
(monaural)
PCM 96kHz 24bit
Quantized bit rate
Sampling frequency
53
Sound Adjustments
TV Virtual Surround Sound
Settings (TVS)
When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front
speakers, TV Virtual Surround lets you enjoy
surround sound effects by using sound
imaging to create virtual rear speakers from
the sound of the front speakers (L: left, R:
right) without using actual rear speakers.
This function is designed to work with the
AUDIO OUT L/R jacks. Note that if you
select one of the TVS settings while playing
a DVD, the player does not output the Dolby
Digital signals from the DIGITAL OUT
(OPTICAL) jack (when you set “DOLBY
DIGITAL” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “D-
PCM”) (page 68).
1 Press SURROUND during playback.
The Control Bar is displayed.
2 Press SURROUND repeatedly to
select one of the TVS (TV Virtual
Surround) sounds.
Refer to the explanations given for each
item.
• TVS DYNAMIC
• TVS WIDE
• TVS NIGHT
• TVS STANDARD
To reset the TVS setting
In Step 2, select “OFF.”
TVS DYNAMIC
Uses sound imaging to create virtual rear
speakers from the sound of the front speakers
(L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The
virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in
the illustration below. The sound imaging
effect is distinct and clearly reproduces each
aural element of the audio track.
This mode is effective when the distance
between the front L and R speakers is short,
such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV.
TVS WIDE
Uses sound imaging to create virtual rear
speakers from the sound of the front speakers
(L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The
virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in
the illustration below. This gives the sound
an expanded effect that fills the area
surrounding the listener.
This mode is effective when the distance
between the front L and R speakers is short,
such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV.
SURROUND
TVS DYNAMIC
TV
TV
continued �
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-13
54
TVS NIGHT
The large sounds, such as explosions, are
suppressed, but the quieter sounds are
unaffected. This feature is useful when you
don’t want to disturb other people but still
want to hear the dialog and enjoy the
surround sound effects of “TVS WIDE.”
TVS STANDARD
Uses sound imaging to create virtual rear
speakers from the sound of the front speakers
(L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The
virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in
the illustration below. Use this setting when
you want to use TVS with 2 separate speakers
and retain the sound quality.
z If you select any TVS setting other than “OFF,”
the SURROUND indicator on the player lights up.
Notes
• When you select an effect, the sound cuts off for a
moment.
• When the playing signal does not contain a signal for
the rear speakers (page 52), the surround effects may
be difficult to hear.
• When you select one of the TVS modes, turn off the
surround setting of the connected TV or amplifier
(receiver).
• Make sure that your listening position is between
and at an equal distance from your speakers, and that
the speakers are located in similar surroundings.
Otherwise, the TVS effect may be hard to discern.
• “TVS NIGHT” only works with Dolby Digital discs.
However, not all discs will respond to the “TVS
NIGHT” function in the same way.
• If you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack,
sound will come from your speakers but it will not
have the TVS effect.
L: Left front speaker
R: Right front speaker
: Virtual speakers
L
R
55
Enjoying Movies
Enjoying Movies
Changing the Angles
If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene
are recorded on the DVD, “ANGLE” appears
on the front panel display. This means that
you can change the viewing angle.
For example, while playing a scene of a train
in motion, you can display the view from
either the front of the train, the left window of
the train, or from the right window without
having the train’s movement interrupted.
1 Press ANGLE during playback.
The Control Bar is displayed.
The number in parentheses indicates the
total number of available angles.
2 Press ANGLE repeatedly to select
the angle number.
The scene changes to the selected angle.
Note
Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to
change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on
the DVD.
Displaying the Subtitles
If subtitles are recorded on the disc, you can
turn the subtitles on and off whenever you
want while playing. If multilingual subtitles
are recorded on the disc, you can change the
subtitle language while playing, and turn it on
or off whenever you want. For example, you
can select the language you want to practice
and turn the subtitles on for better
understanding.
1 Press SUBTITLE during playback.
The Control Bar is displayed.
The number in parentheses indicates the
total number of available subtitles.
2 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select
the language.
Depending on the DVD, the choice of
language varies.
When 4 digits are displayed, they
indicate the language code. Refer to the
language code list on page 81 to see
which language the code represents.
To turn off the subtitles
Select “OFF” in Step 2.
ANGLE
1(7)
SUBTITLE
1(8):ENGLISH
continued �
56
Note
Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to
change the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are
recorded on it.
Adjusting the Picture
Quality (BNR)
The Block Noise Reduction (BNR) function
adjusts the picture quality by reducing the
“block noise” or mosaic like patterns that
appear on your TV screen.
1 Press BNR during playback.
The Control Bar is displayed.
2 Press BNR repeatedly to select a
level.
As the value increases, the mosaic like
patterns on your TV screen will decrease.
• 1: reduces the “block noise.”
• 2: reduces the “block noise” more than
1.
• 3: reduces the “block noise” more than
2.
To reset the BNR setting
Select “OFF” in Step 2.
BNR
1
57
Enjoying Movies
Notes
• If the outlines of the images on your screen should
become blurred, set “BNR” to “OFF.”
• Depending on the disc or the scene being played, the
“BNR” effect may be hard to discern.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-14
58
Using Various Additional
Functions
Locking Discs (Custom Parental
Control, Parental Control)
You can set two kinds of playback
restrictions for the desired disc.
• Custom Parental Control
You can set the playback restrictions so that
the player will not play inappropriate discs.
• Parental Control
Playback of some DVDs can be limited
according to a predetermined level such as
the age of the users.
The same password is used for both Parental
Control and Custom Parental Control.
Custom Parental Control
You can set the same Custom Parental
Control password for up to 50 discs. When
you set the fifty-first disc, the first disc is
canceled.
1 Insert the disc you want to lock.
If the disc is playing, press x to stop
playback.
2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in
stop mode.
The Control Menu is displayed.
3 Press X/x to select
(CUSTOM
PARENTAL CONTROL), then press
ENTER.
The options for “CUSTOM PARENTAL
CONTROL” appear.
4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then
press ENTER.
x If you have not entered a password
The display for registering a new
password appears.
Enter a 4-digit password by pressing X/
x to select the digit, followed by c to
move the cursor. Then press ENTER.
The display for confirming the password
appears.
x When you have already registered a
password
The display for entering the password
appears.
x
ENTER
ORETURN
DISPLAY
C/X/x/c
ON
PASSWORD
OFF
CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL
Enter a new 4-digit password, then
press .
ENTER
CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL
Enter password, then press .
ENTER
59
Using Various Additional Functions
5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password
by pressing X/x to select the digit,
followed by c to move the cursor. Then
press ENTER.
“Custom parental control is set.” appears
and then the screen returns to the Control
Menu display.
If you make a mistake entering your
password
Press C before you press ENTER and
input the correct number.
If you make a mistake
Press ORETURN, then start from Step 3
again.
To turn off the Control Menu
Press ORETURN, then press DISPLAY
repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned
off.
To turn off the Custom Parental
Control function
1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Custom
Parental Control.”
2 Press X/x to select “OFF t,” then press
ENTER.
3 Enter your 4-digit password using X/x
to select the digit, followed by c to move
the cursor. Then press ENTER.
To change the password
1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Custom
Parental Control.”
2 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD t,”
then press ENTER.
The display for entering the password
appears.
3 Enter your 4-digit password using X/x
to select the digit, followed by c to move
the cursor. Then press ENTER.
4 Enter a new 4-digit password using X/x
to select the digit, followed by c to move
the cursor. Then press ENTER.
5 To confirm your password, re-enter it
using X/x to select the digit, followed by
c to move the cursor. Then press
ENTER.
Playing the disc for which Custom
Parental Control is set
1 Insert the disc for which Custom
Parental Control is set.
The “CUSTOM PARENTAL
CONTROL” display appears.
2 Enter your 4-digit password using X/x
to select the digit, followed by c to move
the cursor. Then press ENTER.
The player is ready for playback.
z If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit
number “199703” when the “CUSTOM PARENTAL
CONTROL” display asks you for your password, then
press ENTER. (Press c after the 4th digit to allow the
entire 6-digit number to be entered.) The display will
ask you to enter a new 4-digit password.
CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL
Custom parental control is already
set. To play, enter your password
and press .
ENTER
continued �
60
\
Limiting playback by children
(Parental Control)
Playback of some DVDs can be limited
according to a predetermined level such as
the age of the users. The “PARENTAL
CONTROL” function allows you to set a
playback limitation level.
A scene that is limited is not played, or it is
replaced by a different scene.
.
1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in
stop mode.
The Control Menu is displayed.
2 Press X/x to select
(SETUP), then
press ENTER.
3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,” then
press ENTER.
The Setup Display appears.
4 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM SETUP,”
then press ENTER.
“CUSTOM SETUP” is displayed.
5 Press X/x to select “PARENTAL
CONTROL t,” then press ENTER.
x If you have not entered a password
The display for registering a new
password appears.
Enter a 4-digit password using X/x to
select the digit, followed by c to move
the cursor. Then press ENTER.
The display for confirming the password
appears.
x When you have already registered a
password
The display for entering the password
appears.
ENTER
ORETURN
DISPLAY
H
X/x/c
CUSTOM SETUP
AUTO PLAY:
DIMMER:
PAUSE MODE:
OFF
BRIGHT
AUTO
OFF
TRACK SELECTION:
PARENTAL CONTROL
CUSTOM SETUP
PARENTAL CONTROL
Enter a new 4-digit password, then
press .
ENTER
CUSTOM SETUP
PARENTAL CONTROL
Enter password, then press .
ENTER
61
Using Various Additional Functions
6 Enter or re-enter your password using
X/x to select the digit, followed by c to
move the cursor. Then press ENTER.
The display for setting the playback
limitation level and changing the
password appears.
7 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,” then
press ENTER.
The selection items for “STANDARD”
are displayed.
8 Press X/x to select a geographic area
as the playback limitation level, then
press ENTER.
The area is selected.
When you select “OTHERS t,” select
and enter the standard code in the table on
page 62 using X/x.
9 Press ENTER.
The selection items for “LEVEL” are
displayed.
10Select the level you want using X/x,
then press ENTER.
Parental Control setting is complete.
The lower the value, the more strict the
limitation.
If you make a mistake
Press ORETURN to go back to the previous
screen.
To turn off the Control Menu
Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control
Menu is turned off.
To turn off the Parental Control
function
Set “LEVEL” to “OFF” in Step 10.
CUSTOM SETUP
PARENTAL CONTROL
LEVEL:
OFF
STANDARD:
CHANGE PASSWORD
USA
CUSTOM SETUP
PARENTAL CONTROL
LEVEL:
OFF
USA
STANDARD:
CHANGE PASSWORD
USA
OTHERS
CUSTOM SETUP
PARENTAL CONTROL
LEVEL:
OFF
OFF
STANDARD:
CHANGE PASSWORD
8:
7:
6:
5:
NC17
R
CUSTOM SETUP
PARENTAL CONTROL
LEVEL:
STANDARD:
CHANGE PASSWORD
USA
4:
PG13
continued �
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-15
62
To change the password
1 Follow Steps 1 through 6 of “Limiting
playback by children (Parental Control).”
2 Select “CHANGE PASSWORD t”
using x, then press ENTER.
The display for entering the password
appears.
3 Follow Step 6 to enter a new password.
Playing the disc for which Parental
Control is set
1 Insert the disc and press H.
The Control Bar appears.
2 Enter your 4-digit password using X/x
to select the digit, followed by c to move
the cursor. Then press ENTER.
The player starts playback.
z If you forget your password, remove the disc and
repeat Step 1 to 5 of “Limiting playback by children.”
When you are asked to enter your password, enter
“199703,” then press ENTER. (Press c after the 4th
digit to allow the entire 6 digit number to be entered.)
The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit
password. After you enter a new 4-digit password in
Step 6, insert the disc in the player and press H.
When the Control Bar appears, enter your new
password.
Note
When you play DVDs which do not have the Parental
Control function, playback cannot be limited on this
player.
Area Code
PASSWORD
Standard
Code
number
Argentina
2044
Australia
2047
Austria
2046
Belgium
2057
Brazil
2070
Canada
2079
Chile
2090
China
2092
Denmark
2115
Finland
2165
France
2174
Germany
2109
Hong Kong
2219
India
2248
Indonesia
2238
Italy
2254
Japan
2276
Standard
Code
number
Korea
2304
Malaysia
2363
Mexico
2362
Netherlands
2376
New Zealand 2390
Norway
2379
Pakistan
2427
Philippines
2424
Portugal
2436
Russia
2489
Singapore
2501
Spain
2149
Sweden
2499
Switzerland
2086
Taiwan
2543
Thailand
2528
United
Kingdom
2184
63
Using Various Additional Functions
Operation Sound Effects
(Sound Feedback)
The player beeps when the following
operations are performed.
The default setting of the Sound Feedback
function is set to off.
To set Sound Feedback
1 Press ?/1 on the player or the remote.
The ?/1 indicator lights up in green.
When there is a disc in the player, press
A and remove the disc.
2 Press and hold X on the player for more
than two seconds.
You will hear one beep and the Sound
Feedback function is turned on.
To turn off the Sound Feedback
function
When there is no disc in the player, press and
hold X on the player for more than two
seconds. You will hear two beeps and the
Sound Feedback function is turned off.
Operation
Operation sound
Power is turned on
One beep
Power is turned off
Two beeps
H is pressed
One beep
X is pressed
Two beeps
Playback is stopped
One long beep
Operation is not possible
Three beeps
?/1 button/indicator
X
?/1
A
64
Controlling Your TV, etc.
with the Supplied Remote
By adjusting the remote signal, you can
control your TV or Sony Active Speaker
System SA-F21 (not supplied) with the
supplied remote.
Notes
• Depending on the units being connected, you may
not be able to control your TV or Sony AV amplifier
(receiver) using some of the buttons below.
• If you enter a new TV code, the code previously
entered will be erased.
• When you replace the batteries of the remote, the TV
code may be reset to the default setting. Reset the
appropriate code.
Controlling TVs with the remote
1 Slide the TV/DVD switch to “TV.”
2 Hold down ?/1, and enter your TV’s
manufacturer’s code (see the table)
using C/X/x/c.
3 Release ?/1.
Manufacturer’s codes of controllable
TVs
Controlling the TV
When you set the TV/DVD switch to “TV,”
you can control your TV using the buttons
below.
TV/VIDEO
VOL
?/1
TV/DVD
WIDE MODE
C/X/x/c
By pressing
You can
?/1
Turn the TV on or off
VOL (volume) +/–
Adjust the volume of the
TV
TV/VIDEO
Switch the TV’s input
source between the TV and
other input sources
WIDE MODE
Switch to or from the wide
mode of a Sony wide TV
Manufacturer Press C/X/x/c to input code
Sony (default)
XX
Fisher
Xx
General Electric XC
JVC
xX
Magnavox
Xc
Panasonic
cc
Philips
Xc
Quasar
cx
RCA
XC
Samsung
xc
Sanyo
Xx
Sears
cC or XC or Xx
Sharp
cx
Teknika
Xc
Toshiba
cC
Zenith
cX
65
Using Various Additional Functions
Controlling Active Speaker System
SA-F21
When you set the TV/DVD switch to
“DVD,” you can adjust the volume using
VOL +/–.
z There are some Sony audio products you can
adjust the volume with the supplied remote.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-16
66
Settings and Adjustments
Using the Setup Display
By using the Setup Display, you can make
various adjustments to items such as picture
and sound. You can also set a language for
the subtitles and the Setup Display, among
other things. For details on each Setup
Display item see page 67 through 73. For an
overall list of Setup Display items, see page
82.
How to use the Setup Display
1 Press DISPLAY on the remote when the
player is in stop mode.
The Control Menu appears.
2 Press X/x to select
(SETUP) and
press ENTER.
The options for “SETUP” appear.
3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM” and
press ENTER.
The Setup Display appears.
4 Press X/x to select the setup item from
the displayed list: “LANGUAGE SETUP,”
“SCREEN SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,”
or “AUDIO SETUP.” Then press ENTER.
The selected setup item appears.
Example: “SCREEN SETUP”
DISPLAY
ENTER
X/x
QUICK
QUICK
CUSTOM
RESET
LANGUAGE SETUP
MENU:
AUDIO:
SUBTITLE:
ORIGINAL
ENGLISH
OSD:
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
SCREEN SETUP
TV TYPE:
SCREEN SAVER:
BACKGROUND:
4:3 LETTER BOX
ON
JACKET PICTURE
Selected item
Setup items
67
Settings and Adjustments
5 Select an item using X/x, then press
ENTER.
The options for the selected item appear.
Example: “TV TYPE”
6 Select a setting using X/x, then press
ENTER.
The setting is selected and setup is
complete.
Example: “16:9”
To turn off the Setup Display
Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Setup
Display is turned off.
z If you select “QUICK” in Step 3, you will enter the
Quick Setup mode (page 32).
Follow from Step 5 of the Quick Setup explanation to
make basic adjustments.
z If you select “RESET” in Step 3, you can reset all
of the “SETUP” settings on pages 82 to 83 (except for
“PARENTAL CONTROL”) to the default settings.
After you select “RESET” and press ENTER, select
“YES” and press ENTER to reset the settings (it takes
a few seconds to complete), or select “NO” and press
ENTER to return to the Control Menu. Do not press ?/
1 when resetting the player.
Setting the Display or
Sound Track Language
(LANGUAGE SETUP)
“LANGUAGE SETUP” allows you to set
various languages for the on-screen display
or sound track.
Select “LANGUAGE SETUP” in the Setup
Display. For details on using the display, see
“Using the Setup Display” (page 66).
xOSD (On-Screen Display)
Switches the display language on the screen.
Selects the language from the displayed list.
xMENU (DVD only)
You can select the desired language for the
menu.
xAUDIO (DVD only)
Switches the language of the sound track.
Selects the language from the displayed list.
When you select “ORIGINAL,” the language
given priority in the disc is selected.
xSUBTITLE (DVD only)
Switches the language of the subtitles
recorded on the DVD.
Select the language from the displayed list.
When you select “AUDIO FOLLOW,” the
language for the subtitles changes according
to the language you selected for the sound
track.
SCREEN SETUP
TV TYPE:
SCREEN SAVER:
BACKGROUND:
4:3 LETTER BOX
4:3 LETTER BOX
4:3 PAN SCAN
16:9
Options
SCREEN SETUP
TV TYPE:
SCREEN SAVER:
BACKGROUND:
16:9
ON
JACKET PICTURE
Selected setting
LANGUAGE SETUP
OSD:
MENU:
AUDIO:
SUBTITLE:
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
ORIGINAL
ENGLISH
continued �
68
z If you select “OTHERS t” in “MENU,”
“SUBTITLE,” and “AUDIO,” select and enter the
language code from the list using X/x to select the
digit, followed by c to move the cursor (page 81).
After you have made a selection, the language code (4
digits) is displayed the next time you select
“OTHERS t.”
Note
When you select a language that is not recorded on the
DVD, one of the recorded languages will be
automatically selected (except for the “OSD”).
Settings for the Display
(SCREEN SETUP)
Choose settings according to the TV to be
connected.
Select “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup
Display. For details on using the display, see
“Using the Setup Display” (page 66).
The default settings are underlined.
xTV TYPE
Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV
(4:3 standard or wide).
4:3
LETTER
BOX
Select this when you connect a
4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide
picture with bands on the upper
and lower portions of the screen.
4:3 PAN
SCAN
Select this when you connect a
4:3 screen TV. Automatically
displays the wide picture on the
entire screen and cuts off the
portions that do not fit.
16:9
Select this when you connect a
wide-screen TV or a TV with a
wide mode function.
SCREEN SETUP
TV TYPE:
SCREEN SAVER:
BACKGROUND:
4:3 LETTER BOX
ON
JACKET PICTURE
69
Settings and Adjustments
Note
Depending on the DVD, “4:3 LETTER BOX” may be
selected automatically instead of “4:3 PAN SCAN” or
vice versa.
xSCREEN SAVER
Turns on and off the screen saver so that the
screen saver image appears when you leave
the player in pause or stop mode for 15
minutes, or when you play back a CD for
more than 15 minutes. The screen saver will
help prevent your display device from
becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to
turn off the screen saver.
xBACKGROUND
Selects the background color or picture on the
TV screen in stop mode or while playing a
CD.
ON
Turns on the screen saver.
OFF
Turns off the screen saver.
4:3 LETTER BOX
4:3 PAN SCAN
16:9
JACKET
PICTURE
The jacket picture (still picture)
appears in the background, but
only when the jacket picture is
already recorded on the disc
(CD-EXTRA, etc.). If the disc
does not contain a jacket picture,
the “GRAPHICS” picture
appears.
GRAPHICS
A preset picture stored in the
player appears in the background.
BLUE
The background color is blue.
BLACK
The background color is black.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-17
70
Custom Settings (CUSTOM
SETUP)
Allows setting up Parental Control and other
settings.
Select “CUSTOM SETUP” in the Setup
Display. For details on using the display, see
“Using the Setup Display” (page 66).
The default settings are underlined.
xAUTO PLAY
Selects the Auto Play setting when you turn
on the player.
xDIMMER
Adjusts the lighting of the front panel
display.
xPAUSE MODE (DVD only)
Selects the picture in pause mode.
xPARENTAL CONTROL t
(DVD only)
Sets a password and playback limitation level
for DVDs with playback limitation for
children. For details, see “Limiting playback
by children (Parental Control)” (page 60).
xTRACK SELECTION (DVD only)
Gives the sound track which contains the
highest number of channels priority when
you play a DVD on which multiple audio
formats (PCM, DTS or Dolby Digital format)
are recorded.
OFF
Does not use “TIMER,”
“DEMO1,” or “DEMO2” to start
playback.
TIMER
Starts playing when the player is
turned on. The player can be
played at any time when
connected to a timer (not
supplied). Set the timer when the
player is in standby mode (the ?/
1 indicator lights up in red).
DEMO1
Starts playing the first
demonstration automatically.
DEMO2
Starts playing the second
demonstration automatically.
CUSTOM SETUP
DIMMER:
PAUSE MODE:
BRIGHT
AUTO
OFF
TRACK SELECTION:
PARENTAL CONTROL
OFF
AUTO PLAY:
BRIGHT
Makes the front panel display
bright.
DARK
Makes the front panel display
dark.
OFF
Turns off the lighting of the front
panel display.
AUTO
Turn on the front panel display
for a few seconds when a button
on the player or remote is
pressed.
AUTO
The picture, including subjects
that move dynamically, is output
with no jitter. Normally, select
this position.
FRAME
The picture, including subjects
that do not move dynamically, is
output in high resolution.
OFF
No priority given.
AUTO
Priority given.
71
Settings and Adjustments
Notes
• When you set the item to “AUTO,” the language
may change. The “TRACK SELECTION” setting
has higher priority than the “AUDIO” settings in
“LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 67).
• If you set “DTS” to “OFF” (page 73), the DTS sound
track is not played even if you set “TRACK
SELECTION” to “AUTO.”
• If PCM, DTS and Dolby Digital sound tracks have
the same number of channels, the player selects
PCM, DTS and Dolby Digital sound tracks in this
order.
• Depending on the DVD, the audio channel with
priority may be predetermined. In this case, you
cannot give priority to the DTS or Dolby Digital
format by selecting “AUTO.”
Settings for the Sound
(AUDIO SETUP)
“AUDIO SETUP” allows you to set the
sound according to the playback and
connection conditions.
Select “AUDIO SETUP” in the Setup
Display. For details on using the display, see
“Using the Setup Display” (page 66).
The default settings are underlined.
xAUDIO ATT (attenuation)
If the playback sound is distorted, set this
item to “ON.” The player reduces the audio
output level.
This function affects the output of the
following jacks:
–AUDIO OUT L/R jacks
OFF
Turns off the audio attenuation.
Normally, select this position.
ON
Reduces the audio output level so
that no sound distortion occurs.
Select this when the playback
sound from the speakers is
distorted.
AUDIO SETUP
AUDIO ATT:
AUDIO DRC:
DIGITAL OUT:
OFF
STANDARD
ON
DOWNMIX:
DOLBY SURROUND
DOLBY DIGITAL:
DTS:
D-PCM
OFF
continued �
72
xAUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range
Control) (DVD only)
Makes the sound clear when the volume is
turned down when playing a DVD that has
the “AUDIO DRC” function. This affects the
output from the following jacks:
–AUDIO OUT L/R jacks
–DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack only
when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-
PCM” in “DIGITAL OUT” (page 73).
xDOWNMIX (DVD only)
Switches the mixing down methods when
you play a DVD on which rear signal
components such as “Rear (L),” “Rear (R),”
or “Rear (Monaural)” are recorded in Dolby
Digital format. For details on the rear signal
components, see “Changing the Sound”
(page 51). This function affects the output of
the following jacks:
–AUDIO OUT L/R jacks
–DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack when
“DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” in
“DIGITAL OUT” (page 73).
xDIGITAL OUT
Selects if audio signals are output via the
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack.
Setting the digital output signal
Switches the method of outputting audio
signals when you connect the following
component using an optical digital cord via
the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack.
–Amplifier (receiver) with digital input jack
–Amplifier (receiver) with a built-in DTS or
DOLBY DIGITAL decoder
–MD or DAT deck
For connection details, see page 24.
Select “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” after
setting “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON.”
STANDARD
Normally, select this position.
TV MODE
Makes the low sounds clear even
if you turn the volume down. It
is especially recommended
when you listen to the sound
using the speakers of the TV.
WIDE
RANGE
Gives you the feeling of being at
a live performance. When you
use high quality speakers, it is
even more effective.
DOLBY
SURROUND
Select this when the player is
connected to an audio
component that conforms to
Dolby Surround (Pro Logic).
The output signals which
reproduce the Dolby Surround
effect are downmixed to 2
channels.
NORMAL
Select this when the player is
connected to an audio
component that does not
conform to Dolby Surround (Pro
Logic). All of the output signals
are downmixed to 2 channels
without the Dolby Surround
(Pro Logic) effect.
ON
Normally, select this position. When
you select “ON,” set “DOLBY
DIGITAL” and “DTS.” For details on
setting these items, see “Setting the
digital output signal.”
OFF
The player does not output the audio
signals via the DIGITAL OUT
(OPTICAL) jack. The influence of the
digital circuit upon the analog circuit is
minimal.
AUDIO SETUP
AUDIO ATT:
AUDIO DRC:
DIGITAL OUT:
DOLBY DIGITAL:
DTS:
OFF
STANDARD
ON
DOWNMIX:
DOLBY SURROUND
D-PCM
OFF
73
Settings and Adjustments
xDOLBY DIGITAL
Selects the Dolby Digital signals output via
the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack.
xDTS
Selects if DTS signals are output via the
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack.
Note
If you select one of the TVS settings while playing a
DVD, the player does not output the Dolby Digital
signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack
(when you set “DOLBY DIGITAL” in “AUDIO
SETUP” to “D-PCM”).
D-PCM
Select this when the player is
connected to an audio component
lacking a built-in Dolby Digital
decoder. You can select whether
the signals conform to Dolby
Surround (Pro Logic) or not by
making adjustments to the
“DOWNMIX” item in “AUDIO
SETUP” (page 72).
DOLBY
DIGITAL
Select this when the player is
connected to an audio component
with a built-in Dolby Digital
decoder. If the player is connected
to an audio component lacking a
built-in Dolby Digital decoder, do
not set this. Otherwise, when you
play the Dolby Digital sound track,
a loud noise (or no sound) will
come out from the speakers,
affecting your ears or causing the
speakers to be damaged.
OFF
Select this when the player is
connected to an audio component
lacking a built-in DTS decoder. Note,
however, that the DTS signals
contained in a CD are output even if
“OFF” is selected.
ON
Select this when the player is
connected to an audio component
having a built-in DTS decoder.
If the player is connected to an audio
component lacking a built-in DTS
decoder, do not set this. Otherwise,
when you play the DTS sound track, a
loud noise (or no sound) will come
out from the speakers, affecting your
ears or causing the speakers to be
damaged.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-18
74
Additional Information
Troubleshooting
If you experience any of the following
difficulties while using the player, use this
troubleshooting guide to help remedy the
problem before requesting repairs. Should
any problem persist, consult your nearest
Sony dealer.
Power
The power is not turned on.
, Check that the AC power adaptor and AC
power cord are connected securely.
Picture
There is no picture.
, The connecting cords are not connected
securely.
, The connecting cords are damaged.
, The player is not connected to the correct TV
input jack (page 20).
, The video input on the TV is not set so that you
can view pictures on the player.
Picture noise appears.
, The disc is dirty or flawed.
, If the picture output from your player goes
through your VCR to get to your TV, the copy-
protection signal applied to some DVD
programs could affect picture quality. If you
still experience problems even when you
connect your player directly to your TV,
please try connecting your player to your TV’s
S video input (page 20).
Even though you set the aspect ratio
in “TV TYPE” of “SCREEN SETUP,”
the picture does not fill the screen.
, The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your
DVD.
Sound
There is no sound.
, The connecting cord is not connected securely.
, The connecting cord is damaged.
, The player is connected to the wrong input
jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 24, 26,
28).
, The amplifier (receiver) input is not changed
so that you can listen to the player.
, The player is in pause mode or in Slow-motion
Play mode.
, The player is in fast forward or fast reverse
mode.
, If the audio signal does not come through the
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack, check the
audio settings (page 71).
Sound is noisy.
, The disc is dirty or flawed.
, When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks,
noise will come from the AUDIO OUT L/R
jacks (page 36).
Sound distortion occurs.
, Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to
“ON” (page 71).
Operation
The remote does not function.
, There are obstacles between the remote and
the player.
, The distance between the remote and the
player is too far.
, The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor
on the player.
, The remote sensor of the player is exposed to
strong light. Select another remote sensor
(page 15).
, The batteries in the remote are weak.
75
Additional Information
The disc does not play.
, There is no disc inside.
, The disc is turned over. Insert the disc with the
playback side facing down in the disc slot.
, The disc is skewed.
, The player cannot play CD-ROMs, etc. (page
7).
, The region code on the DVD does not match
the player.
, Moisture has condensed inside the player.
Remove the disc and leave the player turned
on for about half an hour. Turn on the power
again before playing the disc (page 3).
The disc does not start playing from
the beginning.
, Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play or A-
B Repeat Play has been selected (page 41).
Press CLEAR to cancel these functions before
playing a disc.
, Resume Play has been selected.
During stop, press x on the player or the
remote and then start playback (page 38).
, The disc automatically displays the menu.
The player starts playing the disc
automatically.
, The DVD features an auto playback function.
, “AUTO PLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set
to “TIMER” (page 70).
Playback stops automatically.
, Some discs may contain an auto pause signal.
While playing such a disc, the player stops
playback at the auto pause signal.
You cannot perform some functions
such as stop, Scan, Slow-motion Play,
Repeat Play, Shuffle Play, or Program
Play.
, Depending on the disc, you may not be able to
do some of the operations above. See the
operating manual that comes with the disc.
Messages do not appear on the
screen in the language you want.
, In the Setup Display, select the desired
language for the on-screen display in “OSD”
under “LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 67).
The language for the sound track
cannot be changed.
, Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the
DVD being played.
, The DVD prohibits the changing of the
language for the sound track.
The subtitle language cannot be
changed.
, Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the
DVD being played.
, The DVD prohibits the changing of the
subtitles.
The subtitle cannot be turned off.
, The DVD prohibits the subtitles being turned
off.
The angles cannot be changed.
, Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD
being played. The angle can be changed when
the “ANGLE” indicator lights up on the front
panel display (page 10).
, The DVD prohibits changing of the angles.
continued �
76
The player does not operate properly.
, When static electricity, etc., causes the player
to operate abnormally, disconnect the AC
power cord once, then connect it again.
Nothing is displayed on the front
panel display.
, “DIMMER” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to
“OFF.” Set “DIMMER” to “BRIGHT” or
“DARK” (page 70). If you set to “AUTO,” the
display turns on only when you operate the
player.
5 numbers or letters are displayed on
the screen and on the front panel
display.
, The self-diagnosis function was activated.
(See the table on page 76.)
The disc cannot be removed and
“LOCKED” appears on the front panel
display.
, Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized
Sony service facility.
Self-diagnosis Function
(When letters/numbers appear in the
display)
When the self-diagnosis function is activated
to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a
five-character service number (e.g., C 13 00)
with a combination of a letter and digits
appears on the screen and the front panel
display. In this case, check the following
table.
First three
characters
of the
service
number
Cause and/or corrective
action
C 13
The disc is dirty.
, Clean the disc with a soft cloth
(page 8).
C 31
The disc is not inserted correctly.
, Re-insert the disc correctly.
E XX (xx is a
number)
To prevent a malfunction, the
player has performed the self-
diagnosis function.
, Contact your nearest Sony
dealer or local authorized
Sony service facility and give
the 5-character service
number.
Example: E 61 10
C:13:00
77
Additional Information
Glossary
Chapter (page 10)
Sections of a picture or a music feature that
are smaller than titles. A title is composed of
several chapters. Depending on the disc, no
chapters may be recorded.
Dolby Digital (page 22, 73)
Digital audio compression technology
developed by Dolby Laboratories. This
technology conforms to 5.1-channel
surround sound. The rear channel is stereo
and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in
this format. Dolby Digital provides the same
5.1 discrete channels of high quality digital
audio found in Dolby Digital cinema audio
systems. Good channel separation is realized
because all of the channel data are recorded
discretely and little deterioration is realized
because all channel data processing is digital.
Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 71)
Audio signal processing technology that
Dolby Laboratories developed for surround
sound. When the input signal contains a
surround component, the Pro Logic process
outputs the front, center, and rear signals. The
rear channel is monaural.
DTS (page 22, 73)
Digital audio compression technology that
Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed.
This technology conforms to 5.1-channel
surround sound. The rear channel is stereo
and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in
this format. DTS provides the same 5.1
discrete channels of high quality digital
audio.
Good channel separation is realized because
all of the channel data is recorded discretely
and little deterioration is realized because all
channel data processing is digital.
DVD (page 7)
A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving
pictures even though its diameter is the same
as a CD.
The data capacity of a single-layer and
single-sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte),
which is 7 times that of a CD. The data
capacity of a double-layer and single-sided
DVD is 8.5 GB, a single-layer and double-
sided DVD is 9.4 GB, and double-layer and
double-sided DVD is 17 GB.
The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format,
one of the worldwide standards of digital
compression technology. The picture data is
compressed to about 1/40 (average) of its
original size. The DVD also uses a variable
rate coding technology that changes the data
to be allocated according to the status of the
picture. Audio information is recorded in
Dolby Digital as well as in PCM, allowing
you to enjoy a more real audio presence.
Furthermore, various advanced functions
such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and
Parental Control functions are provided with
the DVD.
Index (CD)/Video Index (VIDEO CD) (page
47)
A number that divides a track into sections to
easily locate the point you want on a VIDEO
CD or CD. Depending on the disc, no index
may be recorded.
Parental Control (page 58)
A function of the DVD used to limit playback
of the disc according to the age of the user
and the limitation level in each country. The
limitation varies from disc to disc; when it is
activated, or playback is completely
prohibited, violent scenes are skipped or
replaced with other scenes, etc.
continued �
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
1-19
78
Region Code (page 7)
This system is used to protect copyrights. A
region number is allocated on each DVD
player or DVD disc according to the sales
region. Each region code is shown on the
player as well as on the disc packaging. The
player can play the discs that match its region
code. The player can also play discs with the
mark. Even when the region code is not
shown on the DVD, the region limit may still
be activated.
Scene (page 10)
On a VIDEO CD with PBC (playback
control) functions, the menu screens, moving
pictures and still pictures are divided into
sections called “scenes.”
Title (page 10)
The longest section of a picture or music
feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video
software, or the entire album in audio
software.
Track (page 10)
Sections of a picture or a music feature on a
VIDEO CD or CD (the length of a song).
TV Virtual Surround (TVS) (page 53)
Technology from Sony developed to produce
surround sound for home use using just a
stereo TV. Designed to work with the sound
characteristics of your TV, this technology
brings the excitement of surround sound to
your home using nothing more than your
stereo TV’s internal speakers. Furthermore,
various TVS modes are available. For
example, “TVS WIDE” uses just two
speakers to create a virtual sound
environment that makes you feel like you are
surrounded by multiple speakers.
ALL
79
Additional Information
Specifications
System
Laser
Semiconductor laser
Signal format system
NTSC
Audio characteristics
Frequency response
DVD (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (±1.0 dB)
DVD (PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz (±0.5 dB)
CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB)
Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio)
115 dB (AUDIO OUT L/R jacks only)
Harmonic distortion
0.003%
Dynamic range
DVD: 103 dB
CD: 99 dB
Wow and flutter
Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK)
The signals from AUDIO OUT L/R jacks are measured. When you play PCM sound tracks with a 96 kHz sampling
frequency, the output signal from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack is converted to 48 kHz sampling frequency.
Outputs
General
Power requirements
DC 10.5 V
See page 3 for further information.
Power consumption
12 W
Dimensions (approx.)
252 × 60 × 183 mm (10 × 2 3/8 × 7 1/4 in.) (width/height/depth)
including projecting parts
Mass (approx.)
1.5 kg (3 lb 5 oz)
Operating temperature
5°C to 35°C (41°F to 95°F)
Operating humidity
25% to 80%
Jack name
Jack type
Maximum output
level
Load impedance
DIGITAL OUT
(OPTICAL)
Optical output jack
-18 dBm
Wave length 660 nm
AUDIO OUT L/R
Phono jack
2 Vrms (50 kilohms)
Over 10 kilohms
VIDEO OUT
Phono jack
1.0 Vp-p
75 ohms, sync negative
S-VIDEO OUT
4-pin mini DIN
Luminance signal:
1.0 Vp-p
Color signal:
0.286 Vp-p
75 ohms, sync negative
75 ohms terminated
continued �
80
AC power adaptor
Model name
AC-F21
Power requirements
100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Output voltage
DC 10.5 V, 1.3 A in operating mode
Operating temperature
5°C to 35°C (41°F to 95°F)
Storage temperature
–20°C to 60°C (–4°F to 140°F)
Supplied accessories
See page 15.
Optional accessory
Active Speaker System SA-F21
Specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered mark. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Sony Corporation has determined
that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.
81
Additional Information
Language Code List
For details, see page 51, 55, 67.
The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard.
Code Language
Code Language
Code Language
Code Language
1027 Afar
1028 Abkhazian
1032 Afrikaans
1039 Amharic
1044 Arabic
1045 Assamese
1051 Aymara
1052 Azerbaijani
1053 Bashkir
1057 Byelorussian
1059 Bulgarian
1060 Bihari
1061 Bislama
1066 Bengali;
Bangla
1067 Tibetan
1070 Breton
1079 Catalan
1093 Corsican
1097 Czech
1103 Welsh
1105 Danish
1109 German
1130 Bhutani
1142 Greek
1144 English
1145 Esperanto
1149 Spanish
1150 Estonian
1151 Basque
1157 Persian
1165 Finnish
1166 Fiji
1171 Faroese
1174 French
1181 Frisian
1183 Irish
1186 Scots
Gaelic
1194 Galician
1196 Guarani
1203 Gujarati
1209 Hausa
1217 Hindi
1226 Croatian
1229 Hungarian
1233 Armenian
1235 Interlingua
1239 Interlingue
1245 Inupiak
1248 Indonesian
1253 Icelandic
1254 Italian
1257 Hebrew
1261 Japanese
1269 Yiddish
1283 Javanese
1287 Georgian
1297 Kazakh
1298 Greenlandic
1299 Cambodian
1300 Kannada
1301 Korean
1305 Kashmiri
1307 Kurdish
1311 Kirghiz
1313 Latin
1326 Lingala
1327 Laothian
1332 Lithuanian
1334 Latvian;
Lettish
1345 Malagasy
1347 Maori
1349 Macedonian
1350 Malayalam
1352 Mongolian
1353 Moldavian
1356 Marathi
1357 Malay
1358 Maltese
1363 Burmese
1365 Nauru
1369 Nepali
1376 Dutch
1379 Norwegian
1393 Occitan
1403 (Afan)
Oromo
1408 Oriya
1417 Punjabi
1428 Polish
1435 Pashto;
Pushto
1436 Portuguese
1463 Quechua
1481 Rhaeto-
Romance
1482 Kirundi
1483 Romanian
1489 Russian
1491 Kinyarwanda
1495 Sanskrit
1498 Sindhi
1501 Sangho
1502 Serbo-
Croatian
1503 Singhalese
1505 Slovak
1506 Slovenian
1507 Samoan
1508 Shona
1509 Somali
1511 Albanian
1512 Serbian
1513 Siswati
1514 Sesotho
1515 Sundanese
1516 Swedish
1517 Swahili
1521 Tamil
1525 Telugu
1527 Tajik
1528 Thai
1529 Tigrinya
1531 Turkmen
1532 Tagalog
1534 Setswana
1535 Tonga
1538 Turkish
1539 Tsonga
1540 Tatar
1543 Twi
1557 Ukrainian
1564 Urdu
1572 Uzbek
1581 Vietnamese
1587 Volapük
1613 Wolof
1632 Xhosa
1665 Yoruba
1684 Chinese
1697 Zulu
1703
Not
specified
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
82
List of Setup Display Items
The default settings are underlined.
LANGUAGE SETUP (page 67)
SCREEN SETUP (page 68)
OSD
ENGLISH
FRENCH
SPANISH
PORTUGUESE
MENU
ENGLISH
FRENCH
SPANISH
PORTUGUESE
GERMAN
ITALIAN
DUTCH
CHINESE
JAPANESE
DANISH
SWEDISH
FINNISH
NORWEGIAN
RUSSIAN
OTHERS t
AUDIO
ORIGINAL
(All other selections are same as the “MENU” language.)
SUBTITLE
AUDIO FOLLOW
(All other selections are same as the “MENU” language.)
TV TYPE
4:3 LETTER BOX
4:3 PAN SCAN
16:9
SCREEN SAVER
ON
OFF
BACKGROUND
JACKET PICTURE
GRAPHICS
BLUE
BLACK
83
Additional Information
CUSTOM SETUP (page 70)
AUDIO SETUP (page 71)
AUTO PLAY
OFF
TIMER
DEMO1
DEMO2
DIMMER
BRIGHT
DARK
OFF
AUTO
PAUSE MODE
AUTO
FRAME
PARENTAL CONTROL ,
TRACK SELECTION
OFF
AUTO
AUDIO ATT
OFF
ON
AUDIO DRC
STANDARD
TV MODE
WIDE RANGE
DOWNMIX
DOLBY SURROUND
NORMAL
DIGITAL OUT
ON
DOLBY
DIGITAL
D-PCM
DOLBY DIGITAL
DTS
OFF
ON
OFF
Sony Corporation Printed in Japan
Index
Numerics
16:9 68
4:3 LETTER BOX 68
4:3 PAN SCAN 68
5.1 Channel Surround 26
A
A-B Repeat Play 44
ANGLE 55
AUDIO 51, 67
AUDIO ATT 71
AUDIO DRC 72
AUDIO SETUP 71
AUTO PLAY 70
B
BACKGROUND 69
Batteries 15
BNR 56
C
CD 36
CHAPTER 47
Chapter 77
Connecting 19
Continuous Play
CD/VIDEO CD/DVD 36
Control Bar 14
Control Menu 14
CUSTOM 66
CUSTOM PARENTAL
CONTROL 58
CUSTOM SETUP 70
D
DIGITAL OUT 72
Digital output 24, 72
DIMMER 70
Display
Control Menu Display 14
Front Panel Display 10
Setup Display 66
DOLBY DIGITAL 51, 73
DOWNMIX 72
DTS 51
DVD 36, 77
DVD’s menu 39
F
Fast forward 37
Fast reverse 37
Front Panel Display 10
H
Handling discs 8
Hooking up 19
I
INDEX 47
Index 77
L
LANGUAGE SETUP 67
Locating
a specific point by watching
the TV screen 46
M
MENU 39, 67
N
Number input 47
O
On-screen display
Control Menu display 14
Setup Display 66
OSD 67
P
PARENTAL CONTROL 60,
70
PAUSE MODE 70
PBC Playback 40
Playing 36
PROGRAM 41
Program Play 41
Q
QUICK 67
Quick Setup 32
R
Remote 15
REPEAT 44
Repeat Play 44
Replay 37
RESET 67
Resume Play 38
S
SCENE 47
Scene 78
SCREEN SAVER 69
SCREEN SETUP 68
SETUP 66
Setup Display 66
SHUFFLE 43
Shuffle Play 43
Slow-motion Play 46
Speakers
hookups 24
Stand 30
Status Bar 13
SUBTITLE 67
Subtitles 55
SURROUND 53
S-VIDEO output 20
T
TIME/TEXT 47
TITLE 47
Title 78
TOP MENU 39
Top menu 39
TRACK 47
Track 78
TRACK SELECTION 70
Troubleshooting 74
TV TYPE 68
TVS (TV Virtual Surround) 53
U
Usable discs 7
V
VIDEO CD 36
W
Wall installation 31
2-20 E
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
2-1
2-2.
UPPER CASE
2-3.
MECHANISM DECK
2-4.
CHUCKING ARM BLOCK
DVP-F21
Note : Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order
given.
2-1.
TERMINAL COVER, LOWER CASE
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
1 Remove terminal
cover in the arrow
direction.
3 Screws (2 pcs)
4 Screws
(3 pcs)
5 Remove case (lower) in
the arrow direction.
2 Feet (2 pcs)
Insert the small type flat-blade
screwdriver into the groove, and
lift up rubber foot.
5 Remove case (upper) in
the arrow direction.
4 Claw
3 Claw
2 Claw
1 Claw
1 Ground
plate (rear)
2 Ground plate
(side)
3 Flexible boards
(3 pcs)
(CN201, 202, 402)
4 Screws
(B3) (2 pcs)
5 Screw (B3)
6 Mechanism deck
2 While opening claw in the arrow
direction, and remove chucking
arm assembly.
1 Tension spring
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
2-2
2-5.
MD-90, BOARD, LEVER ASSEMBLY
2-6.
BASE (C) ASSEMBLY
2-7.
OPTICAL DEVICE
2-8.
BU HOLDER
1 Tension spring
2 While pushing
claw in the arrow
direction, and remove
lever assembly.
3 Remove lever assembly.
4 Flexible
board
(CN301)
5 Screws
(B2.6) (2 pcs)
6 MD-90
board
1 Flexible
board
(CN102)
2 Flexible
board
(CN103)
3 Screws
(2 pcs)
4 Screws (2 pcs)
5 Base (C) assembly
3
1
3
1
1 Insulator screw
2 Remove optical
device in the arrow
direction.
3 Insulator
1
1
1 Screws (PWH 2.6) (3 pcs)
2 BU holder
3 Rack (L)
4 Tension spring
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
2-3
2-9.
GATE ASSEMBLY, COVER (T)
2-10. ROLLER (SLIDER)
2-11. SLIDER (L), SLIDER (R)
2-12. FL-123 BOARD
1 Screws (2 pcs)
2 Gate assembly
3 While opening two claws
on the base in the arrow
directions, and remove cover (T).
4 Compression spring
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 Stopper washers
(4 pcs)
2 Rollers (slider)
(4 pcs)
2 Move slider (L) in the arrow
direction, and remove it.
1 Move slider (R) in the arrow
direction, and remove it.
5 FL-123 board
1 FL cover
2 Flexible board
(CN403)
3 Flexible board (CN404)
4 Screws
(B3) (2 pcs)
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
2-4
2-13. MB-99, IR-39 BOARDS
1 Screws (B3) (3 pcs)
2 IR-39 board
3 Screws
(B3) (4 pcs)
4 Screws (B3) (4 pcs)
5 Screws
(B3) (3 pcs)
6 MB-99 board
2-14. Sliders (L) and (R) Phase Adjustment
When installing the gear (P), the phase
adjustment between sliders (L) and (R)
is performed in the following position.
1 Gear (P)
Slider (R)
Slider (L)
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
2-5
2-15. INTERNAL VIEWS
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
2-16. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
IR-39
(IR)
FL-123
(INTERFACE CONTROL)
MD-89
(FUNCTION SWITCH (1))
MD-91
MB-99
(VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO)
MD-90
(FUNCTION SWITCH (2))
2-6 E
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
3-1
3-2
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1.
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM
TK-55 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-11)
BASE UNIT
KHM-240AAA/J1RP
MB-99 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-11 to 32)
FL-123 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-37)
IR-39 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-5)
DVD RF,
CD RF
DVD/CD
PDIC
OPTICAL DEVICE
SLED
MOTOR
SPINDLE
MOTOR
M
M
M002
CHUCK
MOTOR
M001
ROLLER
MOTOR
M
M
TRACKING
COIL
COIL
FOCUS
IC202
DVD/CD RF AMP
DIGITAL SERVO
Serial BUS
EVER3.3V
IF–11V
EVER5V
AU+11V
AI+5V
SW-11V
+11V
+3.3V
+1.8V
+5V
ND402
IC403
IF CON
IC103
CDDOUT, CDDATA,
CDBCK, CDLRCK
IC302
KATRINA
SD 0-7
RF
IC503
AV DECODER
IC303
16M DRAM
IC504
16M SDRAM
IC108
OTP
IC101
8K EEP ROM
IC107
16M FLASH
IC802
AUDIO D/A
CONVERTER
SPDIF
Parallel BUS
VIDEO V,
VIDEO Y,
VIDEO C
ACH12,
ACH34, ACH56,
BCK, LRCK
IC801
AUDIO DSP
AUDIO
AMP
AUDIO LT,
AUDIO RT
VIDEO
BUFFER
IC902
IC1003
IC1001
IC601
BNR
VIDEO
S VIDEO
D1 VIDEO
OUT
DIGITAL
OUT
AUDIO
SYSTEM CONTROL
AC ADAPTOR
IC401
IC1651
REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER
REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER
IC401
FOCUS COIL/
TRACKING COIL/
SPINDLE/SLED/
LOADING
MOTOR DRIVE
IC403
MOTOR DRIVE
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
3-3
3-4
3-2.
RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM
PD IC
DVD/CD
22
24
25
17
16
15
26
23
18
20
13
8
6
12
LD DRIVE
Q201
LD DRIVE
Q202
2
14
11
A-D
10
7
A2-D2
15
18
E-H
19
RF IN
VC
25 DVDLD
26 CDLD
DVD/CD
LD MODULE
COIL
FOCUS
COIL
TRACKING
INLIMIT
SENSOR
3
4
1
2
8
9
4
1
7
M
M
29
32
24
25
42
COIL
FOCUS
DRIVE
40
43
DRIVE
TRACKING
COIL
22
21
37
36
35
34
47
46
27
28
19
SLED
DRIVE
MOTOR
DRIVE
SPINDLE
MOTOR
5
45
39
13
21
20
7
10
3
4
22
TSD-M
17
16
DRIVE
LOADING
MOTOR
15
+3.3V
59
41
42
36
33
37
38
44
39
27
48
45
SIG0
DIGITAL SERVO
DVD/CD RF AMP,
IC401
FE
TE
PI
MIRR
TZC
SRD
SWD
SCLK
SDEN
DFT
MON
VCI
LDON
VREF
PS
136
137
135
196
197
173
175
180
185
144
172
142
143
166
204
205
46
1
202
203
139
140
ADC1
ADC0
ADC2
MIRR
TZC
DFCTI
ADC7
GIO5/PGIN
ADC5,6
GIO0/INT2
POM2,3
POM0,1
ADC3
ADC4
GIO7/SDO
GIO8/SCK
GIO13
GIO6/SDI
HINT 22
HCS 24
XD SPRST 156
167
168
200
196
199
159
161
176
177
GI01/INT3
PWM0,1
GIO2/INT4
PWM2
GIO9/FGREF
GIO10/FGIN
MDSO
MDPO
CN202
CN201
XSDPIT
XSDPCS
XRST
XD RVMUTE
SYSTEM CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
XL DON
OPTICAL DEVICE
KHM-250AAA/J1RP
RF
A-D
E-H
VC
PD
DVDLD
CDLD
VR
FCS±
TRK±
INLIM
SPM±
SLA±,SLB±
FE
TE
PI
SSDFCTI
SS MON
FDRV±
TDRV±
SLE
SPFG
MDSO,MDPO
SPMUTE
SLDA,SLDB
TSD
RMP,RMM
RMCTL
BASE UNIT
RF+
SIGNAL PROCESSOR
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
KATRINA
IC302
MB-99 BOARD (1/4)
(SEE PAGE 4-13,14,15,16,17,18)
CDPD
DVDPD
MOTOR
SPINDLE
MOTOR
SLED
DRIVER
IC202
0.512Vp-p
2
IC202
1.5Vp-p (H)
20mV/DIV 0.1µs/DIV
50mV/DIV 0.1µs/DIV
IC202 59
CKM
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
3-5
3-6
3-3.
SIGNAL PROCESSOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
131 RFIN1
128 RFIN2
XINT
21
XCS
23
XWAT
25
XARPRST
157
CLKIN
182
MCKI
187
SCKI
189
XWR
207
XRD
208
73
76
78
81
68
72
SD 0-7
XSRQ
XSHD
SDCK
XSAK
SDEF
62
63
65
66
BCLK
DOUT
LRCK
DATA
9
D 0-7
2
19
15
A 0-7
17
11
TDO 196
193
194
TDI
TCK
TMS 192
191
TRST
27
36
44
51
53
60
38
39
41
42
MA 0-9
MA 0-15
XARPIT
XARPCS
XWAIT
XARPRST
33MAPP
XWARH
XRD
TRST
HA0-21
HD0-15
XRST
512FSAVD
33MAVD
XAVDCS2
XAVDCS3
27MAVD
XAVDIT
DREQ0
DACK0
DREQ1
DACK1
121
122
119
120
118
TCK
TDI
TMS
TDO
TRST
LAND
(FOR J TAG)
39
34
36
31
26
23
25
22
43
46
41
193
192
198
195
203
200
208
205
213
210
218
215
10
7
235
232
240
237
5
2
HRWB
HCSB
221
220
ACLK
RSTB
12
231
CRPCLKI
29
HAD22
HAD23
191
190
SCLKI
CLKI
182
180
HIREQ0
HWAITOB
223
224
DTI0-7
ISTARTI
IERRI
ICLKI
IVALI
IREQO
CDIN1I
CDBCKI
CDLRKI
CDIN2I
HAD 0-21
HD 0-15
226
229
DM REQ1
DM ACKO
DM ACK1
DM REQ0
LRCKO
ACH56
DO
BCKO 19
20
18
16
ACH34 15
ACH12 14
D1CLK10 60
VREFI 84
HSYNCO 88
NRSENB 113
NRSDOUT 112
FLDO 87
G OUT 69
R OUT 63
B OUT 66
COMPOUT 80
Y OUT 74
C OUT 77
100
97
95
92
PDI 0-7
124
125
127
128
130
133
131
134
136
137
139
140
160
157
165
162
173
167
174
168
176
170
177
171
146
144
147
151
149
125
155
154
143
XSRQ,XSAK,SDEF
SDCK,XSHD
CDDATA,CDBCK
CDLRCK,CDDOUT
SDI 0-7
HA 0-7
HD 8-15
HA 0-7
HA 0-7
PDI 0-7
PDO 0-7
HA 0-21
HD 0-15
XRD
XWRH
ACH12
ACH34
ACH56
LRCK
BCK
SPDIF
AUDIO
LEVEL
ADJ
VIDEO
RV501
30
32
26
28
23
24
PD 0-7
110
107
105
102
18
14
11
9
SCS
H SYNC
NRSDIN
1
2
3
FID
8
5
CK27
MRST
7
BNR
IC601
Y/G
CB/R
CR/B
COMPOUT
YOUT
COUT
Y/G
Cb/R
Cr/B
V
Y
C
VIDEO
XRST
MEMA0-9
MEMD0-15
16M DRAM
IC303
ADAD 0-11
ADDT 0-15
DOML, DQMU
CLK, CKE
IC504
16M SDRAM
RF+
MB-99 BOARD(2/4)
(SEE PAGE 4-15,16,19,20)
RF/SERVO
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
SYSTEM CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-7,8)
CS, WE
CAS, RAS
LCAS, UCAS
OE, WE, RAS
IC302
KATRINA
AV DECODER
IC503
SDDT0-15
YCOUT0-7
YCIN0-7
27MVGA32
1.5Vp-p (H)
131
IC302
IC302 128
1.5Vp-p (H)
0.9Vp-p (H)
69
IC503
0.5Vp-p (H)
63
IC503
IC503 80
1.0Vp-p (H)
0.6Vp-p (H)
66
IC503
0.9Vp-p (H)
74
IC503
0.9Vp-p (H)
77
IC503
3.4Vp-p (H)
88
IC503
(SEE PAGE 3-9,10)
(SEE PAGE 3-9,10)
16M SDRAM
IC505
HK, SP, MX, AEP, UK
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
3-7
3-8
3-4.
SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
XWRH
XRD
71
70
36
17
XARPRST
INT1
62
67
CS4X
XWAIT
35
21
XRST
ROSW1
22
18
ROSW2
INT2
63
48
CS5X
XDRVMUTE
41
56
XLDON
CKSW3
57
33
CKSW1
ROSW3
40 ROSW4
38
39
7
SDA
SCL
WP
42
78
LVSW1
CKSW2
61
60
50
CS3X
CS2X
DACK1
46
49
47
16
DREQ0
DREQ1
DACK0
INTO
7
6
5
SDA
SCL
WP
IC101
EEPROM
XRD
XWRH
XARPRST
XARPIT
XARPCS
XWAIT
XRST
XRST
XSDPIT
XSDPCS
XDRVMUTE
XLDON
XAVDCS3
XAVDCS2
DACK1
DREQ1
XAVDIT
DREQ0
DACK0
16
18
3
2
9
10
1
4
8
11
INS
DISC
CN402
CN104
HA 0-15
HA 0-21
109
5
1
102
118
111
120
100
85
58
HA 1-20
HD 0-15
HA 0-21
HD 0-16
CSOX
HD 0-15
HA 0-21
X1 53
X0 54
SI0 25
5
SI0
SI0
SO0 26
SO0
SO0
6
SCO 27
SC0
SC0
7
XIFCS 51
XIFCS
XIFCS
4
INT4 20
IFBSY
XIFBUSY
3
XFRRST 76
TRST
XFRRST
2
XDACS
SC1
SO1
SI1
VESCS
MAMUTE 83
79
30
29
28
80
SC1
SO1
SI1
X39CS/XVESCS
MAMUTE
XDACS
81
48/44.1K
WIDE 82
WIDE
WIDE
INTERFACE
CONTROL
VIDEO
TRST
XRST
FSEL
14
33-1OUT
15
33-2OUT
13
27-1OUT
3
XT1
7
XT0
8
512-2OUT
9
512-1OUT 10
16.5MHz
X101
X102
27MHz
512FS6CH
IC102
PLL
512FSAVD
27MAVD
33MAVD
33MARO
512FS2CH
AUDIO
(SEE PAGE 3-9,10)
HD 0-15
HA 0-21
IC107
FLASH
IC108
OTP
or
MB-99 BOARD(3/4)
SIGNAL PROCESSOR
CN104
SYSTEM
IC103
CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
RF/SEFVO
SIGNAL PROCESSOR
(SEE PAGE 3-5,6)
1.0Vp-p (16.5MHz)
54
IC103
0.9Vp-p (27MHz)
7
IC102
4.4Vp-p (24.6MHz)
9
IC102
IC102 10
4.3Vp-p (24.6MHz)
3.5Vp-p (33.6MHz)
13
IC102
IC102 15
3.5Vp-p (33.6MHz)
IC102 3
4.2Vp-p (27MHz)
(SEE PAGE 4-11,12)
(SEE PAGE 3-5,6)
(SEE PAGE 3-5,6)
(SEE PAGE 3-9,10)
INTERFACE CONTROL
13
12
12
13
CN101
11
8
4
1
10
9
2
3
R0SW1
R0SW2
CKSW3
CKSW1
R0SW3
R0SW4
LVSW1
CKSW1
S102
REJ
RSI
S103
S104
RLO
1
5
4
2
3
2
1
CN104
CN102
4
2
1
5
1
2
3
CN401
CN402
1
2
CRE
S202
S203
CON
LEV
S301
S201
COF
(SEE PAGE 4-39)
MD-91 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-39)
MD-90 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-33)
MD-89 BOARD
M
M001
ROLLER
MOTOR
CKM
(SEE PAGE 3-3)
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
3-9
3-10
3-5.
VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM
3
VIDEO IN
Y IN
8
C IN
6
MUTE1
7
MUTE2
16
Y IN
12
Cb IN
15
Cr IN
17
31
C OUT
24
Y OUT
22
Cb OUT
20
Cr OUT
33
VIDEO OUT
29
Y OUT
VIDEO BUFFER
IC902
80
74
77
69
63
66
V
Y
C
Y/G
Cb/R
Cr/B
VMUTE
12
INTERFACE CONTROL
V
Y
C
Y
Cb
Cr
VIDEO1
J901
S VIDEO OUT
J902
MB-99 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-27,28)
IC503
CN104
IC503
SIGNAL PROCESSOR
Y
C
LINE OUT
IC902 3
1.2Vp-p (H)
0.9Vp-p (H)
8
IC902
0.9Vp-p (H)
6
IC902
0.9Vp-p (H)
12
IC902
0.7Vp-p (H)
15
IC902
0.7Vp-p (H)
17
IC902
(SEE PAGE 3-5,6)
3-6.
AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
ACH12
6
SDI0
ACH34
7
SDI1
ACH56
8
SDI2
LRCK
5
LRCKI
BCK
9
BCKI
SC1
SO1
S/1
X39CS/XVESCS
512FS6CH
SO
17
14
13
SCK
SI
11
3
XCS
MCLK
XRST
48 XRST
37
SDO0
3
SDTI
4
2
LRCK
BICK
PDN
5
8
7
CDTI
CCLK
6
1
CSN
MCLK
AOUTL+ 12
11
AOUTL-
10
AOUTR+
9
AOUTR-
16
DZFL
6
5
2
3
7
1
AUDIO DSP
IC801
AUDIO D/A CONVERTER
IC802
AUDIO AMP
IC1003
D202
MUTE DRIVE
Q202,204,205
Q1006
MUTE
Q1007
MUTE
1
D IN
IC1001
OPTICAL
L
R
AUDIO
OUT
DIGITAL
LINE OUT
SRDIF
512F2CH
XDACS
MAMUTE
(SEE PAGE 4-25,26)
MB-99 BORAD (4/4)
SIGNAL PROCESSOR
(SEE PAGE 3-5,6)
(SEE PAGE 3-7,8)
SYSTEM CONTROL
J903
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
3-8.
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Q703
D707
Q706
SHORT PROTECT
SHORT PROTECT
DC/DC
CONVERTER
2CH
Q707
SHORT PROTECT
INVERTER
Q708
Q701,702
SHORT PROTECT
5V REG
3.3V REG
IC705
IC703
IC702
AC ADAPTER
AC-F21
AC IN
J701
LF702
D702
D704
L708
D703
L704
ON/OFF
EVER5V
EVER3.3V
10
13
17
15
9
6
2
4
POWER CONT
OVER VOLTAGE
PROTECT
VOLTAGE
PROTECT
INVERSE
RECTFIER
RECTFIER
RECTFIER
1.8V REG
IC704
SHORT PROTECT
SW-11V
+5V
AI+5V
+1.8V
+3.3V
AU+11V
IF-11V
+11V
SERVO BLOCK
AUDIO BLOCK
AV DEC BLOCK
SYSCON BLOCK
SERVO BLOCK
KARINA etc
KARINA
AV DEC BLOCK
SSI
SERVO BLOCK
KARINA
AV DEC BLOCK
VIDEO BLOCK
AUDIO BLOCK
VIDEO BLOCK
AC-30V
CN104
CN403
T401
2
CN404
3
IR-39 BOARD
EVER+5V
FL-123 BOARD
MB-99 BOARD
DC IN 10.5V
L703
D705
CN40
PS701
PS702
PS703
PS704
(SEE PAGE 4-23,24)
(SEE PAGE 4-6)
(SEE PAGE 4-37,38)
3-11
3-12 E
3-7.
INTERFACE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
14
SI0
SI0
16 SO
SO0
13
SO0
SI
15
SC0
12
SC0
/SC
17
XIFCS
15
XIFCS
/CS
14
XIFBUSY
16
XIFBUSY
BUSY
27
XFRRST
10
XFRRST
/FRRST
7
A MUTE
8
/AMUTE
28
V MUTE
7
/VMUTE
29
XDISC
1
/DISC
13
XINS
3
/INS
25
CN403
CN403
CN403
LED5
41
BNR
79
SURROUND
D415
/RST
8
65
46
SEG 1-18
74
67
DIG 1-8
18
35
14
7
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOE TUBE
ND402
1
VOUT
IC404
RESET
21
BUZ
20
IR2
11
IR
37
SW4
11
12
9
8
2
3
6
5
1
OUT
1
IC401
REMOTE COMMANDER
RECEVER
BZ401
BUZZER
S401
STOP
S407
NEXT
SW1
34
S404
POWER
S408
PREV
SW2
35
S403
EJECT
SW3
36
S402
PLAY
S405
PAUSE
FLMASK
12
IRMASK
9
XIN
2
XOUT
3
8MHz
X401
EVER 3.3V
Q407
10
1
4
IC405
XX MASK
H=MASK
L=THROUGHT
EVER 5V
AUDIO
VIDEO
SYSTEM CONTROL
(SEE PAGE 4-37,38)
FL-123 BOARD
CN404
IR
IC403
IF CONTROL
3.2Vp-p (8MHz)
3
IC403
SYSTEM CONTROL
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
4-1
SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR PRINTED WIRING
BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS.
(In addition to this, the necessary mote is printed in
each block.)
For printed wiring boards:
•
: indicates a lead wire mounted on the component side.
•
: indicates a lead wire mounted on the printed side.
•
: Through hole.
•
: Pattern from the side which enables seeing.
(The other layers’ patterns are not indicated.)
Caution:
Pattern face side: Parts on the pattern face side seen from
(Side A)
the pattern face are indicated.
Parts face side:
Parts on the parts face side seen from
(Side B)
the parts face are indicated.
For schematic diagram:
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor,
because it is damaged by the heat.
• All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1/10 W) un-less
otherwise specified.
kΩ : 1000Ω, MΩ : 1000kΩ.
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
tantalums.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted.
•
: nonflammable resistor.
•
: fusible resistor.
•
: panel designation.
• f
: internal component.
•
: adjustment for repair.
•
: B+ Line.
•
: B– Line.
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.
• Voltages are dc between measurement point.
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal on DVD refer-ence
disc and when playing CD reference disc.
• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10M)
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production
tolerances.
B+
B–
Note:
The components identi-
fied by mark ! or dotted
line with mark 0 are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part
number specified.
Note:
Les composants identifiés par
une marque ! sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro
spécifié.
When indicating parts by
reference number, please include
the board name.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
CN201 26P
TRK-
26
26
H
OPTICAL
DEVICE
BASE UNIT
KHM-240AAA/JIRP
TRK+
25
25
B
FCS-
24
24
A
FCS+
23
23
F
N.C.
22
22
RF
CD LD
21
21
GND
N.C.
20
20
VC
DVD LD
19
19
VCC
LD GND
18
18
G
SW
17
17
C
MOD
16
16
D
VR
15
15
E
PD
14
14
GND
GND
13
13
PD
E
12
12
VR
D
11
11
MOD
C
10
10
SW/N.C.
G
9
9
LD GND
VCC
8
8
DVD LD
VC
7
7
N.C.
GND
6
6
CD LD/N.C.
RF
5
5
N.C.
F
4
4
FCS+
A
3
3
FCS-
B
2
2
TRK+
H
1
1
TRK-
CN1651 4P
CN202 9P
4 IR
SPINDLE
MOTOR
SLED
MOTOR
SPM+
1
1
SLA+
3 EVER+5V
SPM-
2
2
SLB+
2 GND
INLIMIT
3
3
SLB-
1 NC
GND
4
4
SLA-
LED
5
5
LED
SLA-
6
6
GND
SLB-
7
7
INLIM
SLB+
8
8
SPM-
CN404 4P
SLA+
9
9
SPM+
1 IR
2 EVER+5V
3 GND
CN401
CN102 4P
CN101
13P
9P
CN402 12P
4 NC
GND
4
1
RM+
CKM-
13
13
CKM-
ROSW13
2
RM-
CKM+
12
12
CKM+
CN104 18P
CN403 18P
RM-
2
3
ROSW1
ROSW2
11
11
ROSW2
3.3V_MNT
1
18 3.3V_MNT
RM+
1
4
GND
ROSW3
10
10
ROSW3
XFRRST
2
17 XFRRST
CN402
ROSW4
9
9
ROSW4
XIFBUSY
3
16 XIFBUSY
RM+
1
RM+
ROSW1
8
8
ROSW1
XIFCS
4
15 XIFCS
RM-
2
RM-
GND
7
7
GND
SIO
5
14 SIO
MD-091
RM-
6
6
RM-
SOO
6
13 SOO
CN104
RM+
5
5
RM+
SCO
7
12 SCO
CKM+
1
CKM+
CKSW3
4
4
CKSW3
GND
8
11 GND
CKM-
2
CKM-
CKSW2
3
3
CKSW2
IFRST
9
10 IFRST
LVSW1
2
2
LVSW1
PCONT
10
9 PCONT
CN301
CN103
CKSW1
1
1
CKSW1
AMUTE
11
8 AMUTE
CKSW1 5
1
CKSW1
VMUTE
12
7 VMUTE
LVSW1 4
2
LVSW1
EVER+3.3V
13
6 EVER+3.3V
GND
3
3
GND
GND
14
5 GND
CKSW2 2
4
CKSW2
-11V
15
4 -11V
CKSW3 1
5
CKSW3
INS
16
3 XINS
MD-090
MD-089
EVER+5V
17
2 EVER+5V
DISC
18
1 XDISC
BU
BOARD
MB-99 BOARD
FL-123 BOARD
IR-39 BOARD
FOB-1
FOB-2
FDM-22
FDD-11
DD-69
FIF-2
DD-68
FFM-38
CN101 26P
FDD-12
WLIMIT
SENSOR
M
M
FFC (FOB-1)
FFC (FOB-2)
4-3
4-4
4-1.
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
FRAME
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
4P
CN1651
8P
CN1653
MB-99
BOARD
CN1101
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
47uH
L1651
*
16V
10u
C1653
*
0
R1652
JL1654
JL1655
JL1652
JL1656
JL1657
JL1653
6.3V
47u
C1651
GP1U27X
IC1651
1
2
3
JL1659
JL1658
0.01u
B
C1652
47
R1651
XX
R1659
VCC
GND
VOUT
GND
NC
BS
DIO
SCLK
VCC
GND
MS_INS
100k
R1656
*
10k
R1657
*
XX
R1658
1
2
3
4
0
R1653
*
0
R1654
*
0
R1655
*
JL1651
JL1660
CN1652
*
01S0622-00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IR
EVER+5V
GND
SCLK
NC
DIO
BS
VCC
INS
GND
VCC
GND
NC
LRWAKE
IC1651
REMOTE
CONTROL
RECEIVER
FL-123
BOARD
CN404
4-5
4-6
IR
IR-39
4-2.
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
IR-39 (IR) PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
– Ref. No.: IR-39 board; 50,000 series –
C1651
C1652
C1653
CN1651
CN1652
CN1653
IC1651
L1651
R1651
R1653 R1654 R1656
R1657
R1659
IR-39 BOARD (SIDE A)
1-682-756-
11
(11)
08
R1652
R1655
R1658
IR-39 BOARD (SIDE B)
1-682-756-
08
(11)
11
A
B
C
D
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IR-39 BOARD
IR-39
(IR)
FL-123
(INTERFACE CONTROL)
MD-89
(FUNCTION SWITCH (1))
MD-91
MB-99
(VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO)
MD-90
(FUNCTION SWITCH (2))
There are a few cases that the part isn’t mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
MB-99 (VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
A
K
C
B
E
A
C
E
B
C
E
B
C
B E
C
E
B
(11)
11
1-682-755-
MB-99 BOARD (SIDE A)
D
C
B
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
08
BT1101
C1001
C1002
C1005
C1014
C1015
C1016
C1017
C1018
C1019
C1021
C1022
C1026
C1027
C1028
C104
C107
C110
C1101
C1104
C1105
C1107
C1111
C1113
C1115
C1117
C112
C1125
C1131
C1132
C1133
C1134
C1135
C1136
C1137
C1138
C1139
C1140
C1141
C1142
C1147
C1148
C126
C209
C211
C217
C220
C221
C222
C223
C225
C236
C238
C240
C244
C246
C249
C251
C304
C308
C329
C330
C337
C339
C341
C342
C352
C401
C404
C405
C406
C411
C417
C419
C420
C421
C422
C423
C501
C502
C505
C506
C512
C521
C524
C525
C527
C528
C529
C541
C543
C544
C545
C548
C603
C701
C702
C703
C704
C707
C719
C720
C721
C722
C725
C726
C727
C728
C729
C730
C731
C734
C735
C738
C741
C742
C743
C744
C745
C747
C748
C749
C808
C902
C903
C904
C905
C906
C907
C910
CN103
CN104
CN105
CN1101
CN1102
CN201
CN202
CN301
CN402
CN404
CN901
D1001
D1101
D404
D702
D703
D704
D705
FL102
FL502
FL701
FL702
FL705
FL708
IC1001
IC103
IC104
IC1104
IC202
IC301
IC302
IC501
IC503
IC705
IC902
J701
J901
J902
J903
L701
L702
L703
L704
L705
L706
L707
L708
L901
LF702
Q1003
Q1008
Q1011
Q706
Q707
Q711
Q712
R1005
R1022
R1026
R1030
R1034
R1036
R1037
R1045
R1046
R1047
R1049
R105
R108
R110
R1101
R1102
R1105
R1106
R1108
R1115
R1116
R112
R1124
R1125
R113
R1134
R1143
R1144
R1148
R1149
R1156
R119
R1208
R1212
R122
R123
R139
R143
R145
R159 R163 R164
R165
R166
R167
R170
R177
R178
R179
R180
R181
R196
R197
R205
R237
R301
R302
R305
R306
R307
R308
R309
R310
R311
R312
R316
R317
R318
R320
R324
R325
R326
R339
R340
R365
R368
R384
R403
R412
R413
R414
R415
R416
R417
R420
R426
R434
R435
R452
R511
R512
R513
R514
R515
R518
R519
R521
R522
R524
R525
R526
R528
R554
R605
R606
R706
R713
R715
R722
R728
R729
R731
R735
R736
R737
R738
R739
R740
R745
R750
R759
R761
R765
R766
R767
R769
R770
R813
R817
R818
R819
R820
R902
R910
RB103
RB104
RB105
RB106
RB107
RV501
X101
X102
X1101
X1103
R356
R352
R351
R350
R349
R345
R344
R343
R342
R341
R338
R337
R336
R335
R334
R299
R199
C348
C347
C327
C325
C324
C323
C322
C320
C319
C318
C317
C315
MB-99 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN103
F2
CN104
B4
CN105
F1
CN201
F2
CN202
F3
CN402
F4
CN901
B4
D404
F3
D702
A1
D703
B1
D704
B1
D705
B1
D1001
C2
IC103
E1
IC202
F2
IC301
F4
IC302
E4
IC501
D4
IC503
C4
IC705
C1
IC902
B3
IC1001
B2
Q706
B1
Q707
B1
Q711
B1
Q712
A1
Q1003
B2
Q1011
C3
VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO
MB-99
4-7
4-8
IR-39
(IR)
FL-123
(INTERFACE CONTROL)
MD-89
(FUNCTION SWITCH (1))
MD-91
MB-99
(VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO)
MD-90
(FUNCTION SWITCH (2))
There are a few cases that the part isn’t mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
C1003
C1004
C1006
C1007
C1008
C1009
C1010
C1011
C1012
C1013
C1023
C1025
C103
C105
C106
C108
C109
C1102
C1103
C1106
C1108
C1109
C111
C1110
C1114
C1116
C1118
C1119
C1120
C1121
C1122
C1123
C1124
C1126
C1127
C1128
C1129
C113
C1130
C114
C1143
C1144
C1145
C1146
C1149
C115
C1150
C116
C117
C124
C127
C128
C129
C130
C131
C133
C134
C201
C202
C205
C206
C207
C208
C210
C212
C213
C214
C215
C216
C218
C219
C226
C227
C228
C231
C232
C233
C234
C235
C239
C243
C247
C248
C250
C305
C306
C307
C309
C310
C311
C312
C313
C316
C321
C326
C328
C331
C332
C333
C334
C335
C336
C338
C340
C343
C344
C346
C349
C350
C351
C402
C412
C413
C414
C415
C416
C418
C426
C427
C428
C429
C430
C431
C432
C433
C434
C435
C436
C437
C438
C503
C504
C508
C509
C510C511
C513
C514
C515
C516
C517
C518
C519
C520
C522
C523
C526
C530
C531
C532
C533
C534
C535
C536
C537
C538C539
C540
C542
C546
C547
C601
C602
C604
C705
C706
C708
C709
C710 C711
C712
C713
C714
C715
C716
C717
C718
C723
C724
C732
C733
C736
C737
C739
C740
C746
C801
C802
C803
C804
C805
C806
C807
C809
C810
C901
C908
C909
D1002
D1003
D1004
D201
D204
D401
D402
D403
D701
D706
D707
D901
D902
D903D904D905
FB104
FB112
FB124
FB125
FB126
FB127
FB173
FB174
FB701
FL101
FL103
FL109
FL201
FL501
FL505
FL703
FL704
FL706
FL707
IC1002
IC1003
IC101
IC102
IC105
IC107
IC108
IC109
IC1101
IC1102
IC1103
IC1105
IC1106
IC1107
IC1108
IC303
IC401
IC402
IC403
IC502
IC504
IC505
IC601
IC701
IC702
IC703
IC704
IC801
IC802
IC803
IC901
L201
L202
PS401
PS701
PS702
PS703
PS704
Q1001
Q1002
Q1004
Q1005
Q1006
Q1007
Q1009
Q1010
Q1101
Q1102
Q201
Q202
Q203
Q204
Q402
Q701
Q702
Q703
Q704
Q708
Q709
Q710
Q901
Q902
R1001
R1002
R1003
R1004
R1006
R1007
R1008
R1009
R101
R1010
R1011
R1012
R1013
R1014
R1015
R1016
R1017
R1018
R1019
R102
R1020
R1021
R1023
R1024
R1025
R1028
R1029
R103
R1031
R1032
R1033
R1035
R1038
R1039
R1040
R1041
R1042
R1043
R1044
R1048
R106
R107
R109
R1103
R1104
R1107
R1110
R1111
R1112
R1113
R1114
R1117
R1118
R1119
R1120
R1121
R1122
R1123
R1126
R1127
R1128
R1129
R1130
R1131
R1132
R1133
R1135
R1136
R1137
R1138
R1139
R114
R1140
R1141
R1142
R1145
R1146
R1147
R115
R1150
R1151
R1152
R1153
R1154
R1155
R1157
R1158
R1159
R116
R1160
R1161
R1162
R1163
R1164
R1165
R1166
R1167
R1168
R1169
R117
R1170
R1171
R118
R1209
R121
R1210
R1211
R128
R129
R130
R134
R135
R136
R137
R138
R140
R141
R142
R144
R146
R147
R148
R149
R150
R151
R152
R153
R154
R155
R156
R157
R158
R160
R161
R162
R168
R169
R171
R172
R175
R176
R182
R195
R201
R202
R203
R204
R207
R208
R209
R210
R211
R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
R220
R222
R223
R224
R225
R229
R236
R238
R243
R244
R245
R247
R303
R304
R313
R314
R315
R319
R321
R322
R323
R327
R328
R385
R401
R402
R404
R405
R406
R418
R425
R427
R428
R429
R430
R431
R432
R433
R436
R437
R438
R439
R440
R441
R442
R443
R444
R445
R447
R448
R449
R450
R454
R455
R456
R457
R458
R461
R501
R502
R503
R504
R505
R506
R507
R508
R509
R510
R516
R517
R527
R530
R532
R533
R553
R602
R603
R604
R701
R702
R703
R704
R705
R707
R708
R709
R710
R711
R712
R714
R717
R718
R719
R720
R721
R723
R724
R725
R726
R727
R730
R732
R733
R741
R742
R743
R744
R746
R747
R748
R749
R751
R752
R753
R754
R755
R756
R757
R758
R760
R762
R763
R764
R801
R802
R803
R804
R805
R806
R807
R808
R809
R810
R811
R812
R814
R815
R816
R821
R822
R823
R824
R825
R826
R827
R828
R829
R830
R831
R832
R833
R834
R835
R836
R901
R903
R904
R905
R906
R907
R908
R909
R911 R912 R913
R914
R915
R916
R917
RB101
RB102
X1102
08
1-682-755-
11
(11)
MB-99 BOARD (SIDE B)
R1027
C1020
C1024
C407
C403
C408
C425
R421
R419
R422
R407
C424
R459
R408
R460
R409
C409
R423
R411
R410
C410
R424
C224
R133
R132
R131
R120
R111
A
B
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
A
K
K
A
A
A
A
K
A
A
K
A
K
K
K
B
E
C
C
B E
C
B
E
C
B E
C
B E
B
E
C
B
E
C
C
B
E
C
B
E
C
B
E
C
E
B
C
EB
C
E B
B E
C
C
B
E
C
E
B
B
E
C
JL1166
JL301
JL302
JL303
JL304
JL363
JL364
JL401
JL402
JL524
JL525
JL526
JL527
JL528
JL701
JL702
JL703
JL704
JL705
JL706
JL707
JL708
JL709
JL710
JL711
JL712
JL713
JL714
JL715
JL716
JL717
A
A
A
A
A
VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO
MB-99
MB-99 BOARD (SIDE B)
D403
C1
D701
A6
D706
A5
D707
A6
D901
C5
D902
C5
D903
D5
D904
D5
D905
D5
D1002
B4
D1004
B5
IC101
A1
IC102
C3
IC107
A2
IC303
D2
IC401
C1
IC403
D1
IC502
D4
IC504
D4
IC601
D4
IC701
A5
IC702
A5
IC703
A4
IC704
A4
IC801
B4
IC802
B4
IC901
C5
IC1002
B5
IC1003
B5
Q201
B1
Q202
B1
Q402
D1
Q701
A5
Q702
A6
Q703
A6
Q704
A6
Q708
A5
Q709
A5
Q710
A5
Q901
C5
Q902
C5
Q1001
B4
Q1002
B5
Q1005
B5
Q1006
B5
Q1009
B4
Q1010
B5
4-9
4-10
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
GND
+3.3V
XARPIT
ROSW1
SI1
SC1
SO1
CMM
XSDPIT
XAVDIT
MSCTL
ROSW2
XMSIT
P8
MB-99 BOARD
(2/11,3/11,4/11,5/11,
6/11,7/11,8/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(3/11,5/11,6/11,8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (9/11)
MB-99 BOARD (10/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(3/11,5/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(2/11,3/11,4/11,5/11,7/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(2/11,4/11)
DACK0
DREQ0
DACK1
DREQ1
CMP
XDRVMUTE
XRST
XARPRST
ROSW3
ROSW4
LVSW1
XLDON
XAVDCS2
XAVDCS3
XRD
XWRH
MAMUTE
XKAVWT
XARPCS
XDACS
XVESCS
XKAVWT
WIDE
CKSW2
CKSW3
CKSW1
XSDPCS
XMSCS
CPUCK
XWAIT
XKAVWT
P4
P5
0
R105
*
XX
R159
47
R163
XX
R164
47
R165
100
R166
0.01u
B
C103
X101
1
2
3
0
R179
0.01u
B
C109
4V
100u
C110
1k
R118
470
R197
BR24C08F-E2
IC101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
10k
R196
0
R178
10k
R116
100k
R114
10k
R119
1k
R117
100k
R1209
SO2
SI2
CS0X
CS1X
CS2X
SI2
SO2
ROSW3
VSS
XRST
XARPRST
CMP
SDA
SCL
ROSW4
XLDON
LVSW1
MD0
MD1
MD2
DREQ0
DACK0
XDRVMUTE
DREQ1
DACK1
XIFCS
A0
A1
A2
GND
VCC
WP
SCL
SDA
VSS
X1
X0
VCC
CKSW3
CKSW1
16.5MHz
TRST
+5V
0.01u
B
C105
15p
C108
XX
R103
JL104
XX
C130
JL105
JL103
3p
CJ
C131
FL101
JL106
2.2
R101
JL102
0.01u
B
C106
27MHz
X102
JL101
XX
C129
XX
C117
XX
R102
1k
R112
HY57V
IC105
1
2
3
1200
R107
XX
C127
IMIC6001BTD
IC102
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0.01u
B
C111
4V
100u
C104
18p
C107
FB124
1
2
FB125
1
2
FB126
1
2
FB127
1
2
FB112
1
2
XX
C128
FSEL
33-2OUT
VDD
VSS
27-1OUT
27-2OUT
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
512-1OUT
XTI
512-2OUT
XTO
N.C
33-1OUT
27M
0
R139
100
R167
100
R168
100
R169
XX
R177
*
0.1u
B
C112
XX
R147
10k
R113
10k
R129
47k
R150
*
JL111
10k
R121
0.01u
B
C115
AEP.E
10k
R134
47k
R154
*
3300
R155
0.01u
B
C113
10k
R123
3300
R149
10k
R106
0.01u
B
C114
XX
R122
JL108
3300
R151
0.01u
B
C116
10k
R145
10k
R146
MB91307APFV-G-BND-E1
IC103
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120
XX
R148
XX
R144
0
R182
3300
R128
XX
R108
*
3300
R153
10k
R130
10k
R110
4700
R152
*
10k
R156
10k
R143
1800
R115
0
R1208
47
R1210
47
R1211
47
R1212
SO0
SC0
SI0
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
CS3X
CS4X
CS5X
C
CS6X
CS7X
XWAIT
BGRNTX
BRQ
XRD
XWRH
XWRL
NMIX
HSTX
VSS
XFRRST
CPUCK
CKSW2
XDACS
VESCS
48/44.1K
WIDE
MAMUTE
XSRWE
SC1
SO1
SI1
SC0
SO0
SI0
VCC
INT7
ROSW2
ROSW1
INT4
INT3
INT2
INT1
INT0
CMM
WP
HD0
HD1
HA16
VSS
HA15
HA14
HA12
HA13
HA10
HA11
HA9
HA8
HA7
HA6
HA4
HA5
HA2
HA3
HA1
HA0
VCC
VSS
HD15
HD14
HD13
HD12
HD10
HD11
HD9
HD8
HD7
HD6
HA22
HA21
HA19
HA20
HA18
HA17
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
AVSS
AVRH
AVCC
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
512FSAVD
33MARP
27MAVD
512FS2CH
33MAVD
512FS6CH
R137
10
RB101
XX
IC104
XX
1
2
3
4
5
10
R142
XX
R158
87 88 89 90
10
R141
R138
10
XX
C126
R136
10
RB102
XX
10
R109
HD12
HD9
HD8
HD10
HD11
HD15
HD14
HD13
HD3
HD2
HD1
HD0
HD7
HD6
HD5
HD4
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
HD2
HD3
HD5
HD4
XX
IC108
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
35 36 37 38 39 40
11
12
33 34
41 42 43 44
FL103
0.01u
B
C133
XX
IC109
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
35 36 37 38 39 40
11
12
33 34
41 42 43 44
FL109
*
0.01u
B
C124
XX
R162
*
MBM29LV160BE-90TN
IC107
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
XX
R161
*
0.01u
B
C134
*
10k
R160
JL151
10k
R195
HD10
HD2
HD14
HD11
A10
HD1
A12
A15
HD0
HD5
A7
A14
HD6
A17
A5
HD7
HD12
A6
HD4
A16
A2
HD9
A8
A20
A19
A3
HD15
HD13
A9
A18
A21
HD8
HD3
A13
A4
A1
A11
A21
A20
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A19
A18
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
HD15
HD14
HD13
HD12
HD7
HD6
HD5
HD4
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD8
HD9
HD10
HD11
A2
A14
A15
A16
A17
A1
HA6
HA7
HA8
HD11
HD10
HD9
HD8
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA5
HA4
HA3
HA2
HA1
HA16
HA15
HA14
HA13
HD15
HD14
HD13
HD12
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A19
N.C.
WE
RESET
N.C.
N.C.
RY/BY
A18
A17
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A16
BYTE
VSS
DQ15/A-1
DQ7
DQ14
DQ6
DQ13
DQ5
DQ12
DQ4
VCC
DQ11
DQ3
DQ10
DQ2
DQ9
DQ1
DQ8
DQ0
OE
VSS
CE
A0
N.C.
A18
A17
A7
A6
HA21
A19
A8
VCC
A5
A4
A1
A3
A2
A0
CE
VSS
OE
D0
D8
D9
D1
D10
D2
D11
D3
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
BYTE
D15/A-1
VSS
D7
D14
D6
D13
D4
D5
D12
A6
I/O9
VCC
I/O0
A13
GND
I/O15
A2
A10
I/O7
A7
I/O8
GND
I/O1
A12
VCC
I/O14
A1
A11
WE
OE
N.C.
I/O4
I/O2
N.C.
I/O11
A0
N.C.
A15
I/O13
UB
A4
A8
I/O5
A5
I/O10
I/O3
CS
A14
I/O12
LB
A3
A9
I/O6
HD1
HD0
HD6
HA12
HA17
HA15
HD3
HD9
HA1
HA6
HA5
HD12
HD11
HD4
HA7
HA11
HA16
HD8
HA2
HD5
HD7
HA19
HD2
HA4
HA0
HD14
HA20
HA21
HA13
HA18
HA9
HA3
HD15
HA8
HA10
HD13
HA14
HD10
100
R180
100
R181
RB103
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RB104
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RB105
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RB106
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RB107
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SO2
SI2
HD15
A3
HD6
HD2
A13
HD9
A14
A12
HD4
HD14
HD13
A2
A18
HD5
HD3
A10
HD7
HD10
HD0
A17
A7
A11
HD1
A8
HD11
A19
A20
HD12
A9
A15
A21
A6
A16
HD8
SI0
SO0
SC0
A0
A1
A5
A4
HA1
HA2
HA3
HA4
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA13
HA14
HA15
HA16
MB-99 BOARD
(5/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(4/11,7/11,10/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (9/11)
MB-99 BOARD (10/11)
FL-123
BOARD
CN403
MB-99 BOARD
(5/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(5/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(3/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(3/11,5/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(3/11,5/11,11/11)
100
100
100
100
100
RFMON
PCONT
DISC
INS
IF-11V
EVER+3.3V
VMUTE
AMUTE
0
R172
220
R135
1k
R170
100
R131
0
R111
0
R176
JL118
10P
CN105
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
R175
JL120
JL117
0
R171
100
R132
JL119
JL121
18P
CN104
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
0
R140
0
R120
0
R157
100
R133
XX
CN103
1
2
3
4
5
6
EVER+5V
JL109
JL110
JL112
JL113
JL114
JL115
JL116
JL122
JL123
JL124
JL140
JL141
JL142
JL143
JL144
JL145
JL146
JL147
JL148
JL149
JL150
JL152
JL153
JL155
JL156
JL157
JL158
FB104
*
FB173
*
FB174
*
TXD
RXD
GND
+3.3V
GND
RF MON
3.3V_MNT
XFRRST
XIFBUSY
XIFCS
SI0
SO0
SC0
GND
IFRST
PCONT
AMUTE
VMUTE
EVER+3.3V
-11V
INS
EVER+5V
DISC
SI0
3.3V_MNT
PCONT
XIFBUSY
SC0
SO0
GND
XIFCS
XFRRST
IFRST
GND
FL102
IC102
PLL
IC103
SYSTEM CONTROL
IC107
FLASH
IC108
OTP
IC109
1M SRAM
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IC101
EEP ROM
IC105
+5V REG
SYSTEM CONTROL
MB-99
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
4-11
4-12
MB-99 (SYSTEM CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-7, 9 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
• Waveforms
1 IC103 %¢
1.0 Vp-p (16.5 MHz)
2 IC103 &¶
4.3 Vp-p (H)
3 IC102 7
0.9 Vp-p (27 MHz)
4 IC102 9
4.4 Vp-p (24.6 MHz)
5 IC102 !º
4.3 Vp-p (24.6 MHz)
6 IC102 !£
3.5 Vp-p (33.6 MHz)
7 IC102 !∞
3.5 Vp-p (33.6 MHz)
8 IC102 3
4.2 Vp-p (27 MHz)
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
JL218
JL213
100
R202
JL223
0.01u
B
C201
JL224
JL232
JL225
JL217
JL214
JL216
JL215
JL221
0.01u
B
C202
JL219
JL220
100
R203
FL201
JL222
26P
CN201
OPTICAL
DEVICE
DVD/CD
LD MODULE
DVD/CD
PD IC
FOCUS
COIL
TRACKING
COIL
INLIMIT
SENSOR
SLED
MOTOR
SPINDLE
MOTOR
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
B
A
C
D
H
F
G
E
H
B
A
F
RF
GND
VC
VCC
G
C
D
E
GND
PD
VR
MOD
JL207
XX
C211
JL202
3300
R222
JL203
JL205
JL201
330
R201
JL204
JL212
JL227
JL229
JL228
JL211
JL226
22
R224
JL208
JL210
JL206
JL209
9P
CN202
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
22k
R204
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FCS+
FCS-
TRK+
TRK-
DVD_LD
CD_LD
CD_LD
DVD_LD
SLB+
SLA-
SLB-
SLA+
SPM-
SPM+
INLIM
SW/N.C
LD GND
DVD LD
N.C
CD LD/N.C
N.C
FCS+
FCS-
TRK+
TRK-
SLB-
INLIM
GND
SPM-
SPM+
LED
SLA+
SLB+
SLA-
XX
R214
4700p
B
C215
XX
C214
560p
C219
XX
R247
XX
C210
XX
C213
XX
R213
0.047u
B
C236
XX
Q204
0
R216
0
R219
SP3728AC
IC202
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
4700p
B
C216
2200p B
C208
0
R215
2200p B
C206
2200p B
C205
XX
R218
2200p B
C207
C234
100
R245
0
R212
150p
C240
0.01u
B
C226
0.047u
B
C238
1k
R209
XX
C250
XX
C212
XX
R217
XX
C220
E
F
H
G
D
C
B
A
RFIP
RFIN
WIN
WPP
G
H
VC
VPB
DVDPD
CDPD
VNB
LDSELO
LDON
DVDLD
CDLD
MEVO
MIN
MP
MB
MLPF
SDEN
SCLK
SWD
SRD
MON
TPH
FE
TE
TZIN
VCI
DFT
TZC
PI
PII
BYP2
MIRR
ATOP
ATON
AIN
AIP
VPA
SIGO
BYP
DIN
DIP
FNP
FNN
VNA
MEV
TPA
RX
V33
100
R229
2SB1132-T100-QR
Q201
LD DRIVE
LD DRIVE
100
R211
XX
D201
33
R208
XX
Q203
33
R220
47k
R210
2SB1132-T100-QR
Q202
47uH
L202
47uH
L201
XX
R236
33
R207
0.01u
B
C224
16V
10u
C209
33
R223
XX
D204
0.01u
B
C218
2.2M
R238
6.3V
47u
C217
6.3V
47u
C223
0.01u
B
16V
10u
C221
47k
R225
0
R205
B2
C2
D2
D
C
B
A
E
F
MIRR
SSDFCTI
TZC
PI
TE
FE
SSCK
SSWD
SSRD
SSCS
TRK-
TRK+
FCS-
FCS+
INLIM
SLB-
SLA+
SLB+
SLA-
SPM+
SPM-
SS_MON
XDRVMUTE
SVC
RFTPON
0.01u
B
C246
XX
C249
27k
R244
JL231
100k
R243
0.1u
B
C247
0.1u
B
C243
XX
C251
0.01u
B
C248
XLDON
TRK-
TRK+
FCS-
FCS+
SLB+
SLA-
SLB-
SLA+
INLIM
SPM-
SPM+
SSCS
SSCK
SSWD
SSRD
FE
TE
PI
SSDFCTI
SSCS
SSRD
SSWD
SSCK
FE
TE
PI
SSDFCTI
TZC
MIRR
TZC
MIRR
SVC
RF+
+5V
GND
+3.3V
RFMON
0.1u
B
C232
0.1u
B
C235
0.1u
B
C222
16V
10u
C244
0.001u
B
C233
0.1u
B
C231
0.01u
B
C227
0.01u
B
C239
0.1u
B
C225
0.01u
B
C228
12k
R237
JL230
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11,4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11,4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
GND
CP
CN
A2
B+
B+
IC202
RF AMP
1
2
3.8
4.5
2.2
5.0
5.0
0.6
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
M
M
BASE UNIT
NO MARK:DVD PLAY
SKEW SERVO DVD/CD
TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV
SLED SERVO DVD/CD
PB
VIDEO SIGNAL
FOCUS SERVO
SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE)
Y/CHROMA
SIGNAL PATH
KHM-240AAA/J1RP
RF SERVO
MB-99
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
4-13
4-14
MB-99 (RF SERVO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-7 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
• Waveforms
1 IC202 2
20mV/DIV, 0.1us/DIV
0.512 Vp-p
2 IC202 %ª
50mV/DIV, 0.1us/DIV
1.5 Vp-p
Note:
The components identi-
fied by mark ! or dotted
line with mark 0 are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part
number specified.
Note:
Les composants identifiés par
une marque ! sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro
spécifié.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
GND
+1.8V
+3.3V
XARPCS
XSDPCS
XKAVWT
XSDPIT
XARPIT
HA7
HA6
HA5
HA2
HA4
HA3
HA1
HA0
HD14
HD15
HD12
HD13
HD10
HD8
HD11
HD9
XWRH
XRD
FDRV-
FDRV+
TDRV-
TDRV+
SLDA
SLDB
TZC
MIRR
33MARP
SSDFCTI
TCK
TDIKT
TMS
TRST
TDOKT
RMCTL
100
R339
100
R340
4700
R307
JL363
CL306
2200
R352
0.01u
B
C335
2700
R199
0.01u
B
C343
4700
R310
0.01u
B
C337
JL340
CL317
XX
R323
JL324
CL310
CL313
4700
R305
0.1u
B
C327
1200
R350
+3.3V REG
CL319
CL304
0.01u
B
C338
0
R318
CL318
0.01u
B
C339
0.01u
B
C324
JL322
4700
R312
JL364
0.01u
B
C350
0.01u
B
C332
JL320
0
R320
4700
R385
CL315
0.01u
B
C341
CL302
0.01u
B
C334
CL316
CL308
0.01u
B
C333
0.01u
B
C340
0.01u
B
C349
IC302
CXD9635R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
44
52
43
51
42
50
41
49
40
48
39
47
38
46
37
45
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208
10k
R328
JL329
CL301
CL307
0.01u
B
C347
CL312
0.01u
B
C336
0.01u
B
C342
4700
R311
CL309
4700
R306
CL311
XX
R326
XX
R322
CL320
CL303
4700
R368
0.01u
B
C348
JL304
XX
R324
10
R384
CL305
0.01u
B
C331
JL326
R365
XX
CL314
2200
R351
150k
R299
0.01u
B
C328
0.01u
B
C344
JL318
C330
XX
4700
R308
4700
R309
XX
R325
JL321
XX
C329
± 0.5%
1800
R356
MSM51V8160F-60TSKR1
IC303
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
MEMD0
MEMD7
MEMD1
MEMD2
MEMD3
MEMD4
MEMD5
MEMD6
MEMA0
MEMA9
MEMA8
MEMA7
MEMA6
MEMA5
MEMA4
MEMA3
MEMA2
MEMA1
MEMD8
MEMD9
MEMD10
MEMD11
MEMD12
MEMD13
MEMD14
MEMD15
MEMA4
MEMA5
MEMA6
MEMA7
MEMA8
MEMA9
MEMD7
MEMD6
MEMD5
MEMD4
MEMD3
MEMD2
MEMD1
MEMD0
MEMA3
MEMA2
MEMA1
MEMA0
MEMD15
MEMD14
MEMD13
MEMD12
MEMD11
MEMD10
MEMD9
MEMD8
SDI7
SDI0
SDI6
SDI5
SDI4
SDI3
SDI2
SDI1
TDOKT
TDIKT
TMS
TRST
TCK
TRST
TMS
TDIKT
TCK
TDOKT
XARPRST
VSS
MDS0
MON
MDP0
DFCT
JITPWM
LOCK
VDD 1.8V
GIO0/INT2
GIO1/INT3
GIO2/INT4
GIO3/INT5
VDD 3.3V
GIO4/PGREF
GIO5/PGIN
GIO6/SDI
GIO7/SDO
GIO8/SCK
GIO9/FGREF
GIO10/FGIN
GIO11/TMC2
GIO12
GIO13
VSS
CLKIN
VSSA5
VDDA5 1.8V
DFCTI
VSS
MCKI
VDD 1.8V
SCKI
VSS
TRST
TMS
TDI
TCK
TDO
TZC
MIRR
PWM0
PWM1
PWM2
VDD 3.3V
PDM0
PDM1
PDM2
PDM3
VSS
XWR
XRD
VSS
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
VDD 3.3V
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
VSS
A5
A6
A7
VDD 1.8V
XINT
HINT
XCS
HCS
XWAT
VSS
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA7
MA6
MA8
VDD 3.3V
MA9
XMWR
XCAS
VSS
XRAS
XOE
VDD 1.8V
MD0
MD1
MD3
MD2
MD4
MD5
MD7
MD6
VSS
XDSPRST
TESTK2
TESTK1
TESTK0
VSS
VRTA
TESTAA
VSSA0
VRBA
VSSD0
VDDA0 3.3V
ADC7
ADC6
ADC5
VSSA0
ADC4
ADC3
ADC2
ADC1
ADC0
VDDD1 3.3V
VSSD1
VRB
RFIN1
VSSA1
AIN
RFIN2
VRT
VDDD2 3.3V
VSSD2
IREF
AOUT
VSSA2
BIAS
VREF
Y
FR1
FR2
FR3
INM
INP
VSSA3
R2
R1
VCO
VSSA4
VSS
ADO7
ADO6
ADO5
ADO4
ADO3
ADO2
ADO1
ADO0
PLCKO
VSS
RFD
VDD 1.8V
ESTB
MNT7
MNT6
MNT5
MNT4
MNT3
MNT2
MNT1
MNT0
VDD 3.3V
SD7
SD6
SD5
SD4
SD3
VSS
SD2
SD1
SD0
SDEF
XSAK
XSRQ
XSHD
SDCK
VDD 1.8V
DOUT
LRCK
VSS
BCLK
DATA
VDD 3.3V
MD15
MD14
MD13
MD12
MD11
MD10
MD9
MD8
VDDA4 3.3V
VDDA3 3.3V
VDDA2 3.3V
VDDA1 3.3V
VDDA0 3.3V
VDDA0 3.3V
VDD
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
VDD
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
N.C
N.C
N.C
WE
RAS
N.C
N.C
A0
A1
A2
A3
VDD
GND
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
OE
UCAS
LCAS
N.C
N.C
I/O8
I/O9
I/O10
I/O11
GND
I/O12
I/O13
I/O14
I/O15
GND
MNT0
MNT1
MNT2
MNT5
MNT3
MNT4
ESTB
ASW
(2012)
(2012)
GND
CDDATA
CDBCK
CDDOUT
CDLRCK
XSAK
XSHD
SDCK
SDEF
KTEMU0
KTEMU1
SDI1
SDI0
SDI2
SDI3
SDI4
SDI5
SDI6
SDI7
XSRQ
27k
R349
470
R314
470
R321
470
R315
10k
R345
100
R337
0.01u
B
C321
0.01u
B
C320
TK71533ASCL
IC301
1
2
3
470
R313
± 0.5%
10k
R341
6.3V
100u
C352
± 0.5%
2200
R335
± 0.5%
33k
R342
0.01u
B
C326
0.01u
B
C325
0.01u
B
C351
0.01u
B
C317
4700p
B
C311
0.033u
B
C313
0.01u
B
C323
4700p
B
C309
0.01u
B
C322
0.01u
B
C307
± 0.5%
1k
R344
6800
R319
JL302
4700p
B
C346
± 0.5%
220
R343
4700p
B
C306
0.1u
B
C312
0.01u
B
C305
JL303
XX
C308
± 0.5%
22k
R338
JL301
100p
C315
10k
R317
6.3V
100u
C304
0.01u
B
C318
4700p
B
C310
± 0.5%
10k
R334
4700
R316
0.068u
B
C319
10k
R336
SDI7
SDI6
SDI5
SDI4
SDI3
SDI2
SDI1
SDI0
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,5/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,5/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,5/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
TEO
FEO
SLE
+3.3V
GND
+5V
RF+
XARPRST
MDSO
MDPO
INLIM
SPMUTE
SSCK
SSWD
RMM
RMP
SSRD
XRST
TE
FE
PI
SLE
SPFG
KTEMU1
KTEMU0
TRST
SS_MON
TSD
SVC
RFTPON
SSCS
JL351
JL352
JL349
JL357
XX
R303
XX
CN301
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
XX
R304
JL350
3300
R302
XX
R327
JL353
3300
R301
XX
C316
JL358
TDOKT
TDIKT
TMS
TCK
TRST
TDI
TMS
TDO
GND
GND
3.3V
EMU1
TO JIG
EMU0
TRST
TCK
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11,4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11,4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,5/11,6/11,8/11)
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
IC302
KATRINA
IC303
16M DRAM
1
2
IC301
SIGNAL
VIDEO SIGNAL
PB
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL PATH
SLED SERVO DVD/CD
TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV
SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE)
FOCUS SERVO
NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
4-15
4-16
MB-99 (SIGNAL PROCESS) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-7 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
SIGNAL PROCESS (KATRINA)
MB-99
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
• Waveforms
1 IC302 128
1.5 Vp-p (H)
2 IC302 131
1.5 Vp-p (H)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
+3.3V
+5V
GND
ROSW2
ROSW3
ROSW4
CKSW3
LVSW1
ROSW1
INS
EVER+3.3V
0.001u B
C437
10k
R442
1k
R404
1k
R405
JL413
XX
C433
JL407
JL406
10k
R403
0.001u B
C434
JL417
10k
R441
1k
R457
JL409
10k
R438
100
R436
XX
C431
JL414
JL405
1k
R401
150k
R439
150k
R454
0.001u B
C436
JL408
10k
R440
XX
C432
150k
R455
JL416
10k
R402
JL418
0.001u B
C438
10k
R444
JL401
1k
R458
JL415
13P
CN402
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
0.001u B
C435
10k
R443
RB520S-30TE61
D403
RB520S-30TE61
D404
DISC
47k
R452
CKSW2
CKSW1
CKM-
CKM+
RM-
RM+
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11,3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,2/11)
MD-89 BOARD
CN101
GND
CKM-
CKM+
ROSW4
ROSW2
ROSW3
ROSW1
GND
RM-
RM+
CKSW3
CKSW2
CKSW1
LVSW1
PI
TE
FE
RFMON
SLDB
SLDA
SLE
TDRV-
TDRV+
FDRV-
FDRV+
MDSO
MDPO
RMCTL
RMP
RMM
JL428
JL429
JL425
JL427
XX
CN404
1
2
3
4
5
FE
TE
PI
PI
TE
FE
TO JIG
RF
GND
FE
TE
PI
+11V
GND
+5V
CMM
CMP
4700
R456
MOTOR DRIVE
XX
R461
0
R445
0.01u
B
C427
JL404
JL403
BA6287F-E2
IC403
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
JL411
XX
R450
0.01u
B
C426
XX
IC402
1
2
3
2SC4081T106Q
Q402
10
R448
0.01u
B
C428
XX
D401
XX
R447
2200
R449
XX
D402
JL412
0.1u
B
C429
JL410
CKM-
CKM+
INPUT
COMMON
OUTPUT
OUT1
VM
VCC
FIN
GND
OUT2
VREF
RIN
10k
R417
220k
R425
680k
R416
4700p
B
C411
470k
R420
56k
R410
120k
R415
0.015u
B
C401
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
50
49
13
11
12
9
10
7
8
0.1u
B
C406
0.1u
B
C405
33k
R424
470k
R414
56k
R411
1500p
B
C404
270k
R412
JL402
0.001u
B
C409
0.01u
B
C415
33k
R428
0.001u
B
C410
33k
R423
470k
R426
10k
R413
D
IN3-
OUT3
IN4+
IN5-
MUTE34
TSD-M
MUTE12
+
MUTE12
MUTE5
-
MUTE5
TSD-M
SGND
MSC
IN5+
REV
DO6-
MUTE34
PVCC2
D
PGND2
CTL
OUT4
IN4-
OUT5
FWD
SW
SPDL
R434
330
10k
R433
± 0.5%
56k
R431
XX
C417
33k
R419
33k
R418
0.01u
B
C416
100p
C403
120k
R407
33k
R422
220p
C402
FAN8034
IC401
1
2
3
4
5
6
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
52
37
38
39
± 0.5%
56k
R429
220p
C407
10k
R432
XX
C425
0.033u
B
C412
150k
R408
± 0.5%
100k
R427
33k
R421
0.01u
B
C414
XX
C424
100p
C408
150k
R409
XX
R459
0.033u
B
C413
XX
R460
120k
R406
± 0.5%
100k
R430
OPIN1-
OPOUT1
IN2-
POWER SAVE
VREF
IN1-
IN2+
PGND1
PS
OPOUT2
PVCC1
IN3+
IN1+
OPIN2-
OUT2
OPIN1+
OPIN2+
DO1+
OUT1
SVCC
SLA-
SLB+
SLA+
SLB-
FCS+
FCS-
TRK+
TRK-
SPFG
SVC
0.1u
B
C420
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
51
25
26
XX
C422
0.01u
B
C418
SLB-
SLB+
SLA-
SLA+
SLB-
SLB+
SLA-
SLA+
SPM-
SPM+
RM+
DO5-
DO2-
DO3-
DO2+
DO3+
DO4+
DO1-
DO6+
DO5+
DO4-
MB-99 BOARD (2/11,3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (2/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
GND
CKSW1
CKSW2
+11V
SPM-
SPM+
TSD
SPMUTE
XDRVMUTE
XX
C430
16V
47u
C419
JL420
XX
C423
10k
R435
JL419
XX
PS401
0.1u
B
C421
0
R437
CKSW2
CKSW1
RM-
SPM+
SPM-
IC401
DRIVER
IC403
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.4
1.7
1.2
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
10.3
1.3
1.3
6.4
3.5
5.1
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.1
0
0
0
1.6
3.3
3.4
3.3
5.0
1.6
1.6
1.6
3.3
10.3
4.9
1.6
0.5
0.5
0.3
5.0
0
5.0
5.0
4.9
5.0
0
NO MARK:DVD PLAY
TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV
SLED SERVO DVD/CD
FOCUS SERVO
SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE)
SIGNAL PATH
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
4-17
4-18
MB-99 (SERVO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-9 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
SERVO
MB-99
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
GND
+3.3V
+1.8V
27MVGA32
FLD
HSYNC
+5V
YOUT
COUT
COMPOUT
CR/B
Y/G
CB/R
JL506
JL514
±0.5%
220
R513
*
16V
10u
C505
XX
C548
JL504
10
R554
0.01u
B
C503
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
52 51 50 49 48 47
FL501
JL501
XX
C515
JL503
0.01u
B
C538
±0.5%
220
R512
*
16V
10u
C502
±0.5%
220
R516
JL502
16V
10u
C506
±0.5%
220
R515
XX
C540
4V
220u
C512
±0.5%
220
R511
*
XX
C517
50V
1u
C501
JL505
FL502
0.01u
B
C513
0.01u
B
C539
MM1385ENLE
IC502
1
2
3
4
5
0
R521
±0.5%
220
R514
TK71518ASCL
IC501
1
2
3
JL515
0
R519
(2012)
(2012)
PWM
CVS03
IOVDD_03
DVO0
DVO1
DVO2
DVO3
CVD03
DVO4
DVO5
DVO6
DVO7
IOVSS_03
D1CLKO
IOAVSS_00
AVSS_00
ROUT
AVDD_00
AVSS_01
BOUT
AVDD_01
AVSS_02
GOUT
AVDD_02
DVSS33
DVDD33
AVSS_03
YOUT
AVDD_03
AVSS_04
COUT
CONT
GND
NR
VIN
VOUT
XSRQ
XSAK
XSHD
SDEF
SDCK
SDI0
SDI1
SDI2
SDI3
SDI4
SDI5
SDI6
SDI7
33MAVD
CDLRCK
CDBCK
CDDATA
CDDOUT
ACH12
ACH34
ACH56
LRCK
BCK
SPDIF1
512FSAVD
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD8
HD7
HD6
HD13
HD14
HD15
HD9
HD10
HD11
HD12
10k
R510
JL511
XX
C510
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
44 43 42 41 40 39 38
46
37
45
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
XX
R509
JL510
XX
C511
0.01u
B
C509
JL512
XX
R508
JL507
JL509
JL513
0.01u
B
C508
JL508
SDI0
SDI1
SDI2
SDI3
SDI4
SDI5
SDI6
SDI7
SDI0
SDI1
SDI2
SDI3
SDI4
SDI5
SDI6
SDI7
HD15
HD14
HD13
HD12
HD11
HD10
HD9
HD8
HD15
HD14
HD13
HD12
HD11
HD10
HD9
HD8
HD7
HD6
HD5
HD4
HD3
IOVDD_00
HD8
HD9
HD11
HD10
HD13
HD12
HD15
HD14
CVS00
CVD00
ACLK
IOVSS_00
ACH12
ACH34
ACH56
CVS01
LRCKO
BCKO
DO
CVD01
CDIN2I
CDIN1I
IOVDD_01
CDBCKI
CDLRKI
CDEMPI
IOVSS_01
CRPCLKI
CVS02
DTI0
DTI1
DTI2
DTI3
IOVDD_02
DTI4
DTI5
DTI6
DTI7
CVD02
ICLKI
IOVSS_02
IERRI
ISTARTI
IVALI
IREQO
IOVDD_14
RSTB
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD7
HD6
IOVSS_14
XRST
HD1
HD2
HD0
XAVDIT
XKAVWT
DREQ0
DREQ1
DACK1
DACK0
XRD
XWRH
XX
R505
XX
R506
0
R503
0
R504
XX
R502
XX
R501
JL522
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
XX
C524
XX
C523
XX
C514
XX
C547
R517
10k
0.01u
B
C546
0.01u
B
C525
100
R507
0.01u
B
C504
0.01u
B
C516
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD0
HD1
HD2
HA0
HA1
HA2
HA3
HA4
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA13
HA14
HA15
HA16
HA17
HA18
HA19
HA20
HA21
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (6/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (6/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,3/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,3/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,3/11,6/11,8/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,3/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (10/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11)
MB-99 BOARD (6/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (9/11)
MB-99 BOARD (6/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
AVDD_06
SCLKIN
AVSS_06
AVDD_07
VC
CPOT
AVDD_08
N.C.(BUS_CLOCK)
IOVDD_12
HAD23
HAD22
HAD21
HAD20
CVS09
HAD19
HAD18
HAD17
HAD16
IOVSS_12
HAD15
HAD14
HAD13
HAD12
CVD09
HAD11
HAD10
HAD9
HAD8
HAD7
HAD6
HAD4
HAD5
IOVDD_13
CVS10
HAD3
HAD2
HAD1
HAD0
IOVSS_13
HCSB
HRWB
HHCPU_MD
HIREQO
HWAITOB
CVD10
DM_ACK1
DM_REQ1
DM_ACK0
DM_REQ0
GND
+3.3V
27MAVD
XAVDCS3
XAVDCS2
HA1
HA0
HA2
HA3
HA6
HA7
HA5
HA4
HA10
HA9
HA8
HA11
HA12
HA13
HA14
HA15
HA17
HA16
HA18
HA21
HA19
HA20
FL505
146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180
XX
C534
0.01u
B
C545
10k
R525
XX
C527
0.01u
B
C530
0.01u
B
C536
MSM56V16160F-10TS-K
IC504
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
MSM56V16160F-10TS-K
IC505
*
1
2
3
4
5
46 47 48 49 50
0.01u
B
C526
0.01u
B
C531
10
R533
XX
R532
XX
C544
XX
C532
ADDT2
ADDT14
ADDT2
ADDT1
ADDT13
ADDT15
ADAD6
ADAD2
ADDT3
ADAD0
ADAD5
ADAD9
ADAD7
ADDT12
ADAD10
ADAD3
ADAD4
ADAD1
ADDT6
ADAD8
ADDT5
ADAD11
ADDT15
ADDT7
ADDT1
ADDT0
ADDT14
ADDT8
ADDT4
ADDT13
ADDT9
ADDT10
ADDT0
ADDT11
ADDT8
ADDT7
ADDT9
ADDT6
ADDT10
ADDT5
ADDT11
ADDT4
ADDT12
ADDT3
ADDT13
ADDT2
ADDT14
ADDT1
ADDT15
ADDT0
HA0
HA1
HA2
HA3
HA4
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA13
HA14
HA15
HA16
HA17
HA18
HA19
HA20
HA21
CLKI
TESTI
SDDQ0
SDDQ15
IOVSS_11
CVD08
SDDQ1
SDDQ14
IOVDD_11
SDDQ2
SDDQ13
CVS08
SDDQ3
SDDQ12
IOVSS_10
SDDQ4
SDDQ11
SDDQ5
SDDQ10
IOVDD_10
SDDQ6
SDDQ9
SDDQ7
SDDQ8
IOVSS_09
SDDQM0
SDDQM1
CVD07
SDWEOB
SDCASOB
IOVDD_09
SDCLKO
IOVSS_08
SDRASOB
VCC
DQ0
DQ1
VSSQ
DQ2
DQ3
VCCQ
DQ4
DQ5
VSSQ
DQ6
DQ7
VCCQ
DQML
WE
CAS
RAS
CS
A11(BA)
A10/AP
A0
A1
A2
A3
VCC
VSS
DQ15
DQ14
VSSQ
DQ13
DQ12
VCCQ
DQ11
DQ10
VSSQ
DQ9
DQ8
VCCQ
N.C.
DQMU
CLK
CKE
N.C.
A9
A8
A6
A7
A5
A4
VSS
DQ2
DQ0
DQ1
VCC
VSSQ
VSSQ
DQ14
DQ15
VSS
DQ13
CSVGA
DATAVGA
TCK
TRST
TMS
TRST
PDO5
PDO0
PDO1
PDO3
PDO6
PDO2
PDO4
PDO7
PDI7
PDI2
PDI6
PDI5
PDI0
PDI1
PDI4
PDI3
TDIKT
TDOKT
XX
R526
0.01u
B
C529
XX
R553
120
121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145
XX
R530
JL524
JL526
XX
R527
JL528
0.01u
B
C543
10k
R524
XX
C528
XX
R528
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
JL525
0.01u
B
C533
*
0.01u
B
C535
*
0.01u
B
C537
*
JL523
JL527
ADDT6
ADDT11
ADDT8
ADDT12
ADDT10
ADDT5
ADDT7
ADDT9
ADDT4
ADDT3
ADAD7
ADAD8
ADAD9
ADAD5
ADAD6
ADAD11
ADAD1
ADAD3
ADAD0
ADAD2
ADAD4
ADAD10
ADAD4
ADAD3
ADAD5
ADAD2
ADAD6
ADAD1
ADAD7
ADAD0
ADAD8
ADAD10
ADAD9
ADAD11
PDO0
PDO1
PDO2
PDO3
PDO4
PDO5
PDO6
PDO7
PDI0
PDI1
PDI2
PDI3
PDI4
PDI5
PDI6
PDI7
TMS
TRST
TCK
TDO
TDI
VIDEO
LEVEL
ADJ
RV501
TCK
SDCKEO
IOVDD_08
SDCS0B
SDCS1B(SDAD13_SDRAM64)
SDAD12_SDRAM64(N.C.)
IOVSS_07
SDAD11
SDAD9
CVS07
SDAD10
SDAD8
IOVDD_07
SDAD0
SDAD7
CVD06
SDAD1
SDAD6
IOVSS_06
SDAD2
SDAD5
IOVDD_06
SDAD3
SDAD4
CVS06
TRST
TMS
A0
DQ7
CAS
DQ4
A10/AP
DQ6
WE
VCCQ
VCC
A11(BA)
VSSQ
DQ3
DQML
A3
CS
A2
A1
VCCQ
RAS
DQ5
DQ10
A8
VCCQ
A7
CKE
DQ11
A4
DQ8
CLK
A5
VCCQ
DQ9
VSS
DQMU
DQ12
VSSQ
A9
N.C.
A6
N.C.
0.01u
B
C541
0.1u
B
C518
0.01u
B
C519
0.01u
B
C520
CXD1933Q
IC503
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119
0.01u
B
C522
0.01u
B
C542
0.1u
B
C521
1200
R518
1k
RV501
3300
R522
PDI7
PDI6
PDI5
PDI4
PDI3
PDI2
PDI1
PDI0
PDO0
PDO1
PDO2
PDO3
PDO4
PDO5
PDO6
PDO7
AVDD_04
AVSS_05
COMPOUT
AVDD_05
VGO
IOAVDD_00
VREFI
IREFI
IOVDD_04
FLDO
HSYNCO
CVS04
N.C.
N.C.(PD32FLAG)
PDI7
PDI6
PDI5
PDI4
PDI3
PDI2
PDI0
PDI1
CVD04
IOVSS_04
PDO0
PDO1
PDO3
PDO2
PDO5
PDO7
PDO6
PDO4
IOVDD_05
CVS05
NRSDOUT
NRSENB
SHTDWNB
IOVSS_05
CVD05
X_SCAN_EN
TDI
TDO
IC501
RESET
IC502
+3.3V REG
IC503
AV DECODER
IC504
16M SDRAM
IC505
16M SDRAM
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
1
5.0
5.0
1.2
2.9
2.3
1.9
2.0
2.0
3.3
2.6
2.2
2.3
2.5
3.3
0.1
1.5
3.3
0
0
2.0
2.8
1.9
1.4
2.3
3.3
3.2
3.1
3.0
3.0
1.3
1.2
1.4
3.3
0
0.1
0.1
0.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.5
2.7
3.3
3.3
2
3
4
5
6
7
NO MARK:DVD PLAY
PB
SIGNAL PATH
AUDIO
VIDEO SIGNAL
SIGNAL
Y
CHROMA
Y/CHROMA
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
4-19
4-20
MB-99 (SIGNAL PROCESS) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-7 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
SIGNAL PROCESS (AV DEC)
MB-99
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
• Waveforms
1 IC503 ^£
0.5 Vp-p (H)
2 IC503 ^§
0.6 Vp-p (H)
3 IC503 ^ª
0.9 Vp-p (H)
4 IC503 &¢
0.9 Vp-p (H)
5 IC503 &¶
0.9 Vp-p (H)
6 IC503 *º
1.0 Vp-p (H)
7 IC503 *•
3.4 Vp-p (H)
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
PDO2
PDO3
GND
PDO4
PDO5
PDO6
HSYNC
PDO7
PDO0
PDO1
+3.3V
0.01u
B
C603
XX
R603
0.01u
B
C602
CXD9631Q
IC601
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
XX
R602
0.01u
B
C601
0.01u
B
C604
100
R604
PDO5
PDO7
PDO4
PDO6
PDO3
PDO1
PDO2
PDO0
PDI5
PDI4
PDI2
PDI3
PDI1
PDO0
PDI0
PDO1
PDO2
PDO5
PDO3
PDO4
PDI7
PDI6
PDO7
PDO6
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,3/11,5/11,8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
H_SYNC
NRSDIN
SCS
GND
CK27
VDD
MRST
FID
YCOUT0
YCOUT1
YCOUT2
GND
VDD
YCOUT3
YCOUT4
YCOUT5
YCIN_6
YCIN_7
EXPH1
EXPH0
YCOUT7
YCOUT6
TMC
YCIN_5
YCIN_4
YCIN_3
GND
YCIN_2
YCIN_1
YCIN_0
PDI0
PDI1
PDI2
PDI3
PDI4
PDI5
PDI6
PDI7
FLD
CSVGA
DATAVGA
27MVGA32
XRST
PDI0
PDI1
PDI2
PDI3
PDI4
PDI5
PDI6
PDI7
VDD
GND
IC601
BNR
1.0
B+
B+
B+
1.6
1.7
3.3
1.4
1.3
1.2
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.1
1.1
1.9
3.2
3.2
3.3
1.9
1.2
0
3.1
0.4
3.3
3.3
1.6
4-21
4-22
MB-99 (SIGNAL PROCESS) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-9 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
MB-99 BOARD (6/11)
SIGNAL PROCESS (BNR)
MB-99
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
0.1u
B
C739
0.1u
B
C740
0.047u
B
C743
0.01u
B
C742
XX
R759
XX
R760
XX
R761
R762
0
*
XX
R763
XX
R764
560
R766
560
R767
XX
R717
FL701
XX
1800
R732
10V
100u
C729
JL707
10V
TA
47u
C733
16V
470u
C719
10u
B
C726
0
R718
XX
R713
22u
C725
B
16V
470u
C720
10V
100u
C735
82
R729
82
R728
0.5%
10k
R737
0.5%
6800
R735
FL707
XX
0.1u
B
C718
2SA1577-T106-Q
Q712
JL706
JL715
1uH
L708
FL704
XX
JL713
FL706
XX
JL716
XX
R715
1uH
L707
±0.5%
12k
R740
2SB1424-T100-R
Q706
B+ SWITCH
1800
R750
JL708
±0.5%
33k
R739
6.3V
220u
C734
XX
C723
L704
JL712
L705
JL709
R741
0
2SA1577-T106-Q
Q711
B+ SWITCH
RB051L-40TE25
D703
0
R721
2SB1424-T100-R
Q707
FL703
*
0.1u
B
C732
BA18BC0FP-E2
IC704
1
2
3
FL702
XX
±0.5%
3300
R738
6.3V
100u
C728
RB051L-40TE25
D704
JL714
4V
TA
47u
C737
XX
C722
XX
R714
JL710
0.1u
B
C736
0.5%
10k
R736
TA48M033F(TE16L)
IC703
1
2
3
EVER+3.3V
GND
+3.3V
+1.8V
AU+11V
+11V
GND
GND
+5V
AI+5V
GND
NJM78L05UA-TE1
IC705
1
2
3
0.01u
B
C747
6.3V
47u
C749
0.01u
B
C748
FL708
XX
XX
R769
JL711
XX
R770
EVER+5V
0.7A
PS701
0.7A
PS702
0.7A
PS704
FB701
*
(3225)
VIN
GND
(2012)
GND
VOUT
OUT
(3225)
IN
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
MB-99 BOARD (10/11)
MB-99 BOARD (4/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (3/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (9/11)
MB-99 BOARD (9/11,10/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,2/11,3/11,4/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,4/11,10/11,11/11)
OUT
GND
IN
(2012)
100uH
68uH
or
100u
16V
or
100u
16V
GND
560
R758
XX
C741
XX
R765
JL717
RB051L-40TE25
D705
0
R731
16V
100u
C731
2SA1577-T106-Q
Q710
33
R730
JL705
±0.5%
4700
R745
100uH
L703
470p
C724
1800
R733
0
R722
16V
39u
C727
10u
B
C730
1uH
L706
2SB1184-TLR
Q708
FL705
XX
16V
470u
C721
SW-11V
IF-11V
1A
PS703
(3225)
(2012)
(2012)
or
100u
16V
10k
R757
XX
C744
±0.5%
2200
R719
68k
R747
XX
R725
33k
R708
0.5%
10k
R753
0.5%
10k
R752
0
R748
0.1u
B
C745
470
R756
0
R749
0.001u
B
C717
XX
R723
XX
R724
0.5%
10k
R710
XX
R726
0.5%
10k
R711
100k
R755
R720
10k
BA9743AFV-E2
IC701
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
TL594CPWR
IC702
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
0.01u
B
C713
0.1u
B
C706
47k
R712
470p
B
C711
7500
R751
0.1u
B
C708
XX
C715
0.01u
B
C712
68k
R709
0.1u
B
C710
3300p
B
C714
33k
R746
10k
R727
3900
R754
0.1u
B
C705
XX
C716
10u
B
C709
NON2
DEAD T CONT
SCP
FEED-BACK
INVIN
VREF
INVIN
N-INVIN
GND
VCC
C1
OUT1
CT
N-INVIN
GND
DT1
NON1
FB1
ON/OFF
E1
VCC
C2
E2
OUT2
INV1
DT2
REF
FB2
RT
INV2
CT
RT
(3216)
PCONT
XX
C738
LF702
1
3
4
2
1u
B
C746
4700
R707
100k
R704
PTZ-TE25-15B
D701
25V
47u
C704
XX
C701
0
R705
RB081L-20TE25
D702
JL702
2SB1073-R-TX
Q702
B+ SWITCH
25V
47u
C707
R701
10k
10k
R743
2SC2712-YG-TE85L
Q709
B+ CONTROL
10k
R742
MA8120-M-TX
D706
UN5213-TX
Q701
B+ CONTROL
25V
47u
C703
JL701
1uH
L702
75k
R744
JL703
L701
2SJ357-T1
Q703
0
R706
16V
470u
C702
JL704
D707
AU+11V REG
1SR154-400TE-25
4700
R702
1k
R703
2SC4081T106R
Q704
JL719
JL718
JL720 JL721
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
10uH
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
(2012)
±
±
±
±
±
±
±
IC703
+3.3V REG
IC701
B+ CONTROL
IC702
B– CONTROL
IC705
+5V REG
IC704
+1.8V REG
10.3
0.2
9.6
10.3
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
1.5
0
10.3
0.6
10.3
0
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B–
B–
B–
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
3.3
10.3
5.0
10.3
3.4
10.3
10.0
9.7
8.2
10.3
1.6
1.9
1.2
1.2
0.1
1.7
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.8
1.6
6.8
0
5.0
10.3
5.3
0
2.3
0.5
1.5
3.6
5.3
0.7
B– SWITCH
B– SWITCH
B+ SWITCH
B+ SWITCH
0
10.3
9.9
9.5
1.8
3.3
DC IN 10.5V
J701
–
+
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
4-23
4-24
MB-99 (POWER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-9 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
POWER
MB-99
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
Note:
The components identi-
fied by mark ! or dotted
line with mark 0 are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part
number specified.
Note:
Les composants identifiés par
une marque ! sont critiques
pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pièce portant le numéro
spécifié.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
JL806
CXD9626Q
IC801
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
0.01u
B
C806
XX
C804
JL808
JL804
JL805
SDOO
BS
VDD
VSS
BCKO
SDOI
VSS
LRCKO
VSS
MODE
DSTP
XRST
XX
IC803
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
XX
C810
*
VCC
ST
4A
4B
4Y
3A
3B
3Y
SELECT
1A
1B
1Y
2A
2B
2Y
GND
XX
R831
*
XX
R832
*
XX
R833
*
XX
R834
XX
R835
XX
R836
ALT-
ALT+
P_GND_2CH
ART+
ART-
LMUTE
RMUTE
AU+5V
XX
R819
CXD9627N-E2
IC802
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
XX
R818
XX
C803
JL809
0
R812
0.22u
B
C807
XX
R817
16V
10u
C808
0
R813
0
R805
0
R803
0
R804
XX
R809
MCLK
BICK
SDTI
LRCK
PDN
CSN
CCLK
CDTI
DZFL
DZFR
VDD
VSS
AOUTL+
AOUTL-
AOUTR+
AOUTR-
(2012)
MB-99 BOARD (10/11)
220
R808
XX
C801
0.01u
B
C802
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
0.01u
B
C805
0.01u
B
C809
JL807
N.C.
VDD
MCLK
VSS
LRCKI
SDI0
SDI1
SDI2
BCKI
VSS
XCS
N.C.
SI
SCK
VDD
VSS
SO
B15
VSS
1/2MCLK/B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B00
B01
B08
B09
B03
B02
B04
B07
B06
B05
VSS
VDD
LRCK
ACH12
ACH34
ACH56
BCK
XVESCS
SC1
XDACS
SO1
XRST
+3.3V
GND
SI1
512FS6CH
512FS2CH
LRCK0
SDT0
BCK0
SDTI0
LRCKI0
MCLKI0
BCKI0
XDACS0
DSP_SC0
DSP_SO0
XX
R810
XX
R811
XX
R815
*
XX
R814
0
R816
100
R801
XX
R807
XX
R806
XX
R802
0
R820
0
R821
XX
R825
*
XX
R826
*
XX
R827
*
0
R828
*
0
R829
*
0
R830
*
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (11/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,3/11,5/11,6/11)
GPIO01
0
R822
220
R823
220
R824
IC801
TVS DSP
IC802
2CH DAC
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
3.3
1.6
1.6
0
0
0
1.6
3.3
0
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
1.6
0.8
1.6
0
0
3.3
3.3
1.6
0
0
4.9
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.6
1.6
0
1.6
3.3
3.3
3.3
0
NO MARK:DVD PLAY
PB
SIGNAL PATH
AUDIO
SIGNAL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
4-25
4-26
MB-99 (AV OUT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-9 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
AV OUT
MB-99
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
AU_GND
L
R
XX
R917
*
JL918
6.3V
47u
C906
0
R908
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
D901
JL908
2012
68
R904
Y
C
G
G
J902
2
CGND
1
YGND
4
C
3
Y
5
S1
6
S2
JL909
JL907
JL906
XX
C909
10k
R903
JL917
XX
R914
*
0
R907
J903
1
R
2
RGND
3
L
4
LGND
0
R909
XX
R911
*
XX
D904
*
XX
R913
*
2012
68
R905
2012
68
R906
XX
R912
*
XX
R915
*
XX
R916
*
JL912
JL916
XX
D905
*
JL915
XX
D903
*
JL910
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
D902
0.1u
B
C907
XX
C908
JL911
1
7
8
14
CN901 XX
Y
1
GND
2
Cb
3
GND
4
Cr
5
GND
6
N.C.
7
LINE1
8
LINE2
9
N.C.
10
LINE3
11
SW_GND
12
N.C.
13
SW
14
JL914
JL913
J901
R
L
MB-99 BOARD (10/11)
SW-11V
VMUTE
GND
AI+5V
COMPOUT
COUT
YOUT
WIDE
Y/G
CB/R
CR/B
UN5111-TX
Q902
BUFFER
0.1u
B
C905
JL905
10k
R901
47u
C903
6.3V
6.3V
47u
C902
JL903
IC901
L79M05TLL-SONY-TL
1
2
3
0.01u
B
C901
0.047u
B
C904
JL901
LA73050-TLM
IC902
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
21
20
XX
R902
JL902
JL904
XX
R910
47u
6.3V
C910
100uH
L901
UN5213-TX
Q901
INVERTER
VIDEO_IN
DCCNT1
GND
C_IN
MUTE1
Y_IN
NC(DCCNT2)
NC(GND)
+5V
VIDEO_OUT
GND
C_OUT
NC
Y_OUT
-5V
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
-5V
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11,10/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
GND
IN
OUT
Y_IN(NC)
+5V(NC)
DCCNT2
GND
Cb_IN
MUTE2
Cr_IN
-5V
Y_OUT
GND
Cb_OUT
NC
Cr_OUT
-5V
IC901
–5V REG
IC902
VIDEO BUFFER
–10.6
–4.9
0
0
4.6
4.7
B+
B+
B–
B–
B–
B–
B–
1
2
3
4
5
6
VIDEO OUT
S-VIDEO OUT
AUDIO OUT
NO MARK:DVD PLAY
PB
SIGNAL PATH
AUDIO
VIDEO SIGNAL
SIGNAL
Y
CHROMA
Y/CHROMA
4-27
4-28
VIDEO
MB-99
MB-99 BOARD (9/11)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
• Waveforms
1 IC902 3
1.2 Vp-p (H)
2 IC902 6
0.9 Vp-p (H)
3 IC902 8
0.9 Vp-p (H)
4 IC902 !™
0.9 Vp-p (H)
5 IC902 !∞
0.7 Vp-p (H)
6 IC902 !¶
0.7 Vp-p (H)
MB-99 (VIDEO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-7 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
AMUTE
SPDIF1
RMUTE
GND
P_GND_2CH
GND
AU+5V
R1001
HVE0024
IC1001
D IN
1
VCC
2
GND
3
JL1002
JL1001
JL1003
JL1006
OPTICAL
0
0.01u
B
C1004
IC1002
NJM78L05UA-TE1
OUT
1
GND
2
IN
3
XX
R1002
6.3V
47u
C1001
6.3V
47u
C1005
0.01u
B
C1003
0
R1003
XX
R1004
0
R1006
XX
C1002
ART-
ART+
ALT+
ALT-
5600
R1011
±0.5%
0
R1005
4700
R1010
±0.5%
180p
C1008
560p
C1007
180p
C1009
5600
R1012
±0.5%
4700
R1009
±0.5%
560p
C1006
4700
R1008
±0.5%
4700
R1007
±0.5%
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,4/11,7/11,11/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
5600
R1020
±0.5%
180p
C1011
470
R1024
10k
R1026
R1036
10k
R1022
0.01u
B
C1012
BA4558F-E2
IC1003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6.3V
47u
C1017
47k
R1028
±0.5%
2200
R1013
5600
R1018
±0.5%
4700
R1032
4700
R1033
4700
R1034
470
R1025
6.3V
47u
C1016
2SB709A-QRS-TX
Q1003
MUTE CONTROL
MUTE CONTROL
MUTE CONTROL
MUTE CONTROL
MUTE
CONTROL
MUTE
CONTROL
±0.5%
2200
R1014
±0.5%
2200
R1015
10k
R1021
180p
C1010
47k
R1027
±0.5%
2200
R1019
2SD1938(F)-T(TX).SO
Q1005
LINE MUTE
LINE MUTE
2SD1938(F)-T(TX).SO
Q1006
50V
1u
C1018
0.01u
B
C1013
R
L
AU_GND
R
L
0
R1044
XX
C1024
100k
470
R1038
C1023
220P
470
R1039
XX
C1025
C1020
220P
100k
R1037
0
R1043
MB-99 BOARD (9/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11,9/11)
SW-11V
GND
AU+11V
DAP202K-T-146
D1003
2SB709A-QRS-TX
Q1011
1SS355TE-17
D1004
UN5213-TX
Q1004
470
R1045
2SC2712-YG-TE85L
Q1010
47k
R1031
5600
R1040
DAN202K-T-146
D1001
220k
R1047
47k
R1023
100k
R1042
4700
R1017
XX
C1022
XX
C1021
16V
47u
C1028
10k
R1030
*
10k
R1029
*
4700
R1016
DAP202K-T-146
D1002
2SB709A-QRS-TX
Q1008
10k
R1035
UN5217-TX
Q1002
2SB710A-RTX
Q1009
B+ SWITCH
B– SWITCH
B+ CONTROL
16V
100u
C1015
10k
R1041
50V
1u
C1019
16V
100u
C1014
UN5213-TX
Q1001
UN5217-TX
Q1007
10k
R1046
330u
2V
C1026
XX
C1027
XX
R1048
XX
R1049
EVER+3.3V
LMUTE
MAMUTE
JL1005
JL1004
IC1003
AUDIO BUFFER
IC1002
+5V REG
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B–
B–
B+
B+
B–
B–
B–
1.3
1.3
1.3
0
–8.7
1.3
0
10.2
0
0
0.8
0.8
5.8
0.6
10.2
10.3
9.5
–9.4
–9.3
–8.8
10.2
4.9
NO MARK:DVD PLAY
PB
SIGNAL PATH
AUDIO
SIGNAL
AEP.E
AEP.E
AEP.E
AEP.E
AEP.E
US.CND
B
B
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
4-29
4-30
MB-99 (AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-9 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
MB-99 BOARD (10/11)
AUDIO
MB-99
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
HD9
HD10
HD11
HD12
HD13
HD14
HD15
HA8
HA10
HA13
HA7
HA2
HA6
HA3
HA5
HA11
HA12
HA4
HA9
HA1
XMSIT
HA14
CPUCK
MSCTL
XRD
XMSCS
XWRH
XRST
DSP_SC0
DSP_SO0
XDACS0
XWAIT
XKAVWT
100
R1161
*
14P
CN1102
JL1151
JL1143
JL1149
XX
C1143
XX
R1151
JL1137
0.1u
B
C1144
*
JL1160
JL1140
JL1157
JL1158
JL1128
R1153
0
*
0.1u
B
C1145
*
JL1164
JL1147
JL1139
XX
R1142
JL1142
JL1153
100k
R1140
JL1159
XX
R1150
JL1138
JL1133
JL1163
JL1136
XX
R1146
JL1127
XX
R1144
JL1135
R1157
0
*
0
R1155
*
XX
R1141
JL1146
JL1162
JL1161
JL1129
JL1155
JL1144
JL1150
0
R1154
*
XX
R1149
IC1107
TC74LCX00FT(EL)
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
JL1165
JL1141
JL1154
1800
R1139
JL1126
JL1148
JL1152
JL1145
JL1131
0
R1136
*
XX
R1147
XX
R1148
0
R1152
*
100k
R1145
IC1106
TC74LCX74FT(EL)
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
XX
C1146
JL1130
JL1132
XX
R1143
JL1134
JL1180
XX
IC1108
1
2
3
4
5
XX
C1149
XX
R1165
100
R1156
*
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
HD9
HD10
HD11
HD12
HD13
HD14
HD15
HA1
HA2
HA3
HA4
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA13
HBE0
HBE1
HA14
HCNTL0
HDS2
CPUCK
XMSWT
HR/W
HDS1
XMSCS
CPUCK
HINT
CK
Q
D
CK
Q
Q
Q
D
EMU1
EMU0
GND
TCK
GND
TCK
GND
TDO
N.C
+3.3V
GND
TDI
TRST
TMS
SDT0
LRCK0
BCK0
MCLKI0
LRCKI0
SDTI0
XRST
BCKI0
EVER+3.3V
CN1101
8P
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C1102
0.1u
B
*
JL1102
JL1125
GPIO01
SCLK
MS_INS
DIO
BS
BCKI0
SDTI0
LRCKI0
MCLKI0
SDT0
LRCK0
BCK0
GPIO2
GND
BS
VCC
DIO
MS_INS
SCLK
GND
LRWAKE
+3.3V
GND
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (7/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11)
MB-99 BOARD (8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,3/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,3/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,3/11,5/11,6/11,8/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,3/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD (1/11,3/11,5/11)
MB-99 BOARD
(1/11,3/11,5/11,6/11,8/11)
IR-39 BOARD CN1653
JL1103
50V
1u
C1101
*
JL1105
IC1102
CXK2000EN-T2
*
5
6
7
8
JL1104
16V
10u
C1147
*
0.1u
B
C1103
*
JL1156
1u
B
C1150
*
1k
R1171
*
XC62EP1502
IC1101
*
1
2
3
4
5
2SB1424-T100-R
Q1102
*
22k
R1170
*
GND
RESET
RDY
VCC
DO
DI
SK
CS
VSS
EXT
CE
VOUT
VIN
IMD10A-T108
Q1101
*
1
5
6
4
2
3
JL1116
C1104
XX
JL1121
XX
R1101
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
R1102
1800
*
JL1119
JL1122
1u
B
C1110
*
JL1115
JL1110
JL1112
JL1101
JL1120
XX
R1103
0.01u
B
C1109
*
1
2
3
4
JL1108
X1101
XX
1u
B
C1108
*
JL1107
JL1118
JL1106
JL1117
JL1113
C1105
XX
0.01u
B
C1107
*
JL1109
JL1114
JL1171
JL1170
JL1172
JL1175
JL1174
JL1173
22
R1158
*
33
R1159
*
33
R1160
*
32KHz
X1102
*
1
4
3
2
SCLK
BS
DIO
VCC_CNTL
MS_INS
GPIO2
SDT0
LRCK0
BCK0
BCKI0
LRCKI0
SDTI0
MCLKI0
VCC_CNTL
RDVDD
RCVDD
RTCINX2
RTCINX1
RCVSS
RDVSS
DVSS
MS2.CLK
MS2.BS
CVDD
MS2.DIO
MS2.GPIO1
MS2.GPIO0
CVSS
MS2.GPIO2
MCBSP1.DX
MCBSP1.FSX
DVDD
MCBSP1.CLKX
MCBSP1.DR
MCBSP1.FSR
MCBSP1.CLKR
DX0
CVDD
FSX0
CLKX0
DR0
FSR0
CLKR0
CVSS
PLLEN
TOUT
GPIO6
GPIO4
GPIO3
DVSS
4V
220u
C1148
*
10k
R1111
*
0.01u
B
C1120
*
IC1105
XX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0.01u
B
C1114
*
XX
BT1101
10k
R1113
*
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
50V
1u
C1111
*
XC62FP1502PR
IC1103
*
1
2
3
10k
R1114
*
JL1123
0
R1107
*
0.1u
B
* C1106
XX
C1119
C1123
*
1u
B
C1116
*
0
R1104
*
10k
R1112
*
10k
R1110
*
0.01u
B
C1121
*
JL1111
D1101
1SS355TE-17
*
XX
R1167
XX
R1168
DSP_TMS
DSP_TCK
DSP_TRST
AVSS
AVDD
AIN1
AIN0
ADVDD
ADVSS
DVSS
XF
CVSS
INT4
DVDD
INT3
INT2
CVDD
INT1
INT0
DVSS
RESET
SCL
SDA
DVDD
RVDD
TMS
TCK
TRST
A0
A1
VSS
VCC
WP
SCL
SCA
VOUT
VIN
VSS
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
0.01u
B
C1126
*
4700
R1117
*
XX
R1130
XX
C1133
XX
C1127
1u
B
XX
C1131
XX
C1129
4700
R1118
*
100k
R1128
*
HD15
HD14
HD13
HD12
TDI
TDO
EMU1
EMU0
DSP_TCK
EMU0
EMU1
TDO
TDI
DSP_TRST
DSP_TMS
CVDD
TDI
TDO
EMU1
EMU0
CVDD
D15
D14
D13
D12
CVSS
XX
R1119
JL1168
R1108
*
0.01u
B
C1134
*
JL1166
TMS320DA25
IC1104
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
1u
B
C1135
*
0.01u
B
C1137
*
100k
R1105
*
JL1169
0.01u
B
C1136
*
0.01u
B
C1138
*
1u
B
C1139
*
JL1124
JL1176
JL1177
JL1178
JL1179
100
R1169
*
HA1
HA2
HA3
HA4
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA10
HA11
HA12
HA13
HA14
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
HD9
HD10
HD11
USBVSS
PU
DP
DN
USBVDD
GPIO7
DVSS
DVDD
GPIO2
GPIO1
CVSS
GPIO0
X2/CLKIN
X1
CLKOUT
GPIO.IO8
EHPI.nHINT
CVDD
EHPI.HRDY
EHPI.HR/nW
GPIO.IO9
GPIO.IO10
EHPI.HCNTL0
DVDD
GPIO.IO11
EHPI.HBE0
EHPI.HBE1
EHPI.nHCS
CVDD
RVDD
EHPI.HDS2
EHPI.HDS1
CVSS
GPIO.IO12
GPIO.IO13
DVSS
DVDD
D11
D10
D9
CVDD
D8
D7
D6
CVSS
D5
D4
D3
DVSS
D2
D1
D0
DVDD
A0
A1
RVDD
A2
A3
A4
DVDD
A5
A6
A7
CVSS
A8
A9
A10
CVDD
A11
A12
A13
DVSS
100
R1162
*
100
R1163
*
100
R1164
*
1800
R1115
*
XX
C1140
1800
R1116
*
XX
C1128
0.01u
B
C1125
*
JL1167
0.01u
B
C1122
*
10k
R1127
*
0
100k
R1131
*
C1117
12p
*
100k
R1137
*
*
12MHz
X1103
*
1u
B
C1124
*
XX
C1132
100k
R1122
*
100k
R1125
*
100k
R1106
*
XX
R1121
1u
B
C1118
*
XX
R1120
XX
C1130
*
XX
R1126
100k
R1129
*
100k
R1124
*
0.01u
B
C1113
*
100k
R1132
*
*
100k
R1138
*
100k
R1123
*
0.01u
B
C1141
*
C1115
12p
*
0.01u
B
C1142
*
47
R1166
*
HINT
HR/W
HCNTL0
XMSCS
HDS2
HDS1
HBE0
HBE1
XMSWT
XX
R1134
XX
R1135
XX
R1133
IC1103
IC1104
B+ REG
IC1107
NOR GATE
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
NGA
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
4-31
4-32
MB-99 (AVMS) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
• See page 4-7 for printed wiring board.
– Ref. No.: MB-99 board; 60,000 series –
AVMS
MB-99
MB-99 BOARD (11/11)
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
0
R103
0
R102
TP109
S104
CN101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2P
CN104
1
2
4P
CN102
MD-91
BOARD
CN401
1
2
3
4
S103
TP104
S102
TP103
TP102
0
R101
5P
CN103
1
2
3
4
5
RM-
RM+
CKSW3
CKSW2
LVSW1
CKSW1
CKM-
CKM+
RM+
RM-
CKSW1
LVSW1
CKSW2
CKSW3
CKM+
CKM-
RLO
REJ
RSI
GND
RM+
RM-
ROSW1
GND
CKM+
CKM-
CKSW1
LVSW1
GND
CKSW2
CKSW3
CKM-
CKM+
ROSW2
ROSW3
ROSW4
ROSW1
GND
RM-
RM+
CKSW2
LVSW1
CKSW1
CKSW3
M
MB-99
BOARD
CN402
MD-90
BOARD
CN301
M002
CHUCK MOTOR
MD-89 (FUNCTION SWITCH 1) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: MD-89 board; 20,000 series –
S104
S103
S102
R103
R102
R101
CN104
CN103
CN102
CN101
1-682-758-
MD-89 BOARD (SIDE A)
08
(11)
11
A
B
C
D
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4-33
4-34
MD-89 BOARD
FUNCTION SWITCH 1
MD-89
IR-39
(IR)
FL-123
(INTERFACE CONTROL)
MD-89
(FUNCTION SWITCH (1))
MD-91
MB-99
(VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO)
MD-90
(FUNCTION SWITCH (2))
There are a few cases that the part isn’t mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
BZ401
C404
C405
C406
C407
C409
C410
C414
C420
C421
C424
CN403
CN404
D406
D416
D417
IC402
IC403
IC405
L401
L402
Q402
Q403
Q405 Q406
Q407
R402
R410
R416
R417
R420
R430
R437
R438
R442
R445
R447
R541
S401
S402
S403
S404
S405
S406
S407
S408
X401
1-682-757-
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
08
FL-123 BOARD (SIDE A)
C
B
E B E
C
C
E
B
T401
(11)
11
R548
R547
R546
R545
R544
R543
R542
R540
R483
R482
R481
R480
R453
R452
R451
R450
R449
R448
R446
R444
R443
R441
R440
R439
R436
R435
R434
R429
R428
R427
R426
R425
R424
R423
R422
R421
R419
R418
R415
R413
R412
R411
R409
R408
R407
R406
R405
R404
R403
R401
Q416
Q415
Q404
IC404
D411
D410
D407
D405
D404
D403
D402
C423
C422
C419
C418
C417
C416
C415
C413
C412
C411
C408
C403
C402
C401
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
1-682-757-
FL-123 BOARD (SIDE B)
08
C
B
E
C
B
E
C
B
E
(11)
11
FL-123 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN403
A3
CN404
A2
D406
A6
D416
A6
IC402
A5
IC403
A5
IC405
A6
Q402
A2
Q403
A2
Q405
A1
Q407
A6
FL-123 BOARD (SIDE B)
D402
A5
D403
A5
D404
A5
D405
A5
D407
A5
IC404
A4
Q404
A1
4-35
4-36
FL-123 (INTERFACE CONTROL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
– Ref. No.: FL-123 board; 40,000 series –
INTERFACE CONTROL
FL-123
IR-39
(IR)
FL-123
(INTERFACE CONTROL)
MD-89
(FUNCTION SWITCH (1))
MD-91
MB-99
(VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO)
MD-90
(FUNCTION SWITCH (2))
There are a few cases that the part isn’t mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
4P
CN404
1
2
3
4
100
R481
T401
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.01u
B
C403
XX
C407
IC402
GP1U26X
1
2
3
D406
SML-010DT-T86
JL578
10k
R415
JL563
2700p
C414
SL
C419
XX
JL529
100
R407
JL409
JL431
10k
R449
10k
R424
*
120
R434
JL504
JL526
2SD1622-S-TD
Q403
JL541
XX
D411
JL574
XX
R418
JL433
S405
10k
R436
0.1u
C418
B
JL506
JL407
XX
R540
MA113-(TX)
D402
10k
R548
SML-020MDT-T86
D417
*
1
GRNA
2
GRNK
3
ORGA
4
ORGK
JL576
JL553
100
R441
0.01u
B
C412
X401
8MHz
XX
R451
JL511
JL542
JL404
JL522
0.01u
B
C404
XX
R482
220
R480
0.01u
B
C416
JL575
JL552
18P
CN403
MB-99
BOARD
CN104
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
XX
R405
100
R421
0.1u
B
C401
JL540
JL508
100
R429
JL406
MA113-(TX)
D407
JL410
S403
16V
47u
C406
JL572
8200
R420
XX
R545
C409
16V
22u
JL539
JL519
XX
R450
10k
R437
S401
JL420
0
R483
*
XX
C423
S404
1
2
JL513
0.1u
B
C422
JL535
JL501
JL532
JL549
JL520
JL546
100k
R426
JL436
0
R404
2700p
C410
SL
22uH
L402
JL417
S406
*
XX
R542
S-80830ANUP-EDT-T2
IC404
1
2
3
JL505
JL555
JL534
BZ401
JL521
JL543
10k
R444
10k
R422
XX
R453
JL435
JL512
JL419
D404
MA113-(TX)
0.01u
B
C405
JL538
100k
R546
JL550
JL447
100
R439
JL548
JL523
47
R410
MA113-(TX)
D403
JL432
100
R411
0
R443
JL528
JL418
0.01u
B
C411
*
MA8043-H(TX)
D405
XX
Q416
JL545
100
R413
10k
R438
S407
JL515
100
R447
*
100
R440
10k
R416
10k
R445
*
JL569
35V
22u
C421
JL415
JL560
JL527
JL434
0
R408
JL544
0
R544
JL517
XX
R417
JL525
JL567
XX
Q415
JL531
JL559
0.01u
B
C402
JL416
120
R442
*
JL530
JL556
JL516
JL437
JL537
JL565
JL557
10k
R425
JL547
JL414
0
R403
JL439
Q402
2SD1622-S-TD
100
R446
XX
C413
JL551
JL518
JL566
10k
R435
R543
0
10k
R423
*
JL524
JL564
4700
R401
JL411
JL554
JL507
JL573
JL405
0.01u
B
C415
JL580
L401
47uH
0.01u
B
C420
JL562
XX
R412
SML-020MLTT86
D416
1
GRNA
2
GRNK
3
REDA
4
REDK
JL536
JL412
S402
XX
R547
S408
1
2
0.01u
B
C408
10k
R419
JL510
JL571
JL577
JL561
JL413
JL509
JL568
100
R409
33
R428
0.01u
B
C417
JL533
JL579
JL558
JL438
JL408
100k
R541
100
R427
JL514
0
R402
JL570
100
R430
UN2211-TX
Q404
UN2211-TX
Q405
*
UN2211-TX
Q406
*
100k
R452
XX
D410
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOR
TUBE
ND402
1
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40
41
100k
R448
TC74VHC02F(EL)
Q402, 403
DC-DC CONVERTER
IC405
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14
0.01u
B
C424
UN2211-TX
Q407
TMP86CK74F-1470
IC403
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
100
R406
XX
D401
XX
D408
XX
D409
XX
D412
XX
D413
XX
D414
XX
D415
XX
D418
DIG1
SEG17
SEG16
SEG1
DIG2
SEG5
DIG3
DIG8
SEG18
SEG7
DIG7
SEG4
DIG6
DIG4
SEG3
SEG6
SEG2
DIG5
SEG8
SEG9
SEG10
SEG15
SEG11
SEG13
SEG12
SEG14
DIG1
DIG2
DIG3
DIG4
DIG5
DIG6
DIG7
DIG8
SEG18
SEG17
SEG16
SEG15
SEG14
SEG13
SEG12
SEG11
SEG10
SEG9
SEG8
SEG7
SEG6
SEG5
SEG4
SEG3
SEG2
SEG1
BUSY
DIG6
SEG9
VOUT
LED1
VSS
DIG5
SEG16
SEG8
GND
LED3
VKK
DIG4
SO
SEG15
SEG18
VCC
LED2
P41
/WAKE
DIG3
/SC
SEG14
VCC
SW2
AVSS
DIG2
LED7
LED6
LED12
PONCHK
DIG1
SEG2
LED11
PCONT
LED10
FLMASK
SEG6
PO1
VREF
LED9
/RST
TEST
/AMUTE
LED8
SEL
XOUT
/CS
SEG5
/IR2
SW3
SEG11
SI
DIG7
P_DET
XIN
SEG13
SW4
PO2
BUZ
/VMUTE
SEG10
DIG8
PO0
IR
/FRRST
SELF_CHECK
SEG17
VCC
SEG7
SEG4
SW1
SEG12
P50
SEG1
P43
/DISC
DIG9
LED4
/INS
SEG3
LED5
SURROUND
LR-G
LR-O
3.3V_MNT
XFRRST
XIFBUSY
XIFCS
SI0
SO0
SC0
GND
IFRST
PCONT
AMUTE
VMUTE
EVER+3.3V
-11V
XINS
EVER+5V
XDISC
F1
F1
NC
NC
GRID1
GRID2
GRID4
GRID3
GRID8
GRID7
GRID6
GRID5
NC
NC
NC
ANODE18
ANODE17
ANODE15
ANODE16
ANODE14
ANODE12
ANODE11
ANODE13
ANODE10
ANODE8
ANODE7
ANODE9
ANODE3
ANODE4
ANODE5
ANODE6
ANODE1
ANODE2
NC
NC
F2
F2
IR
IR
EVER+5V
GND
VCC
GND
VOUT
GND
LRWAKE
IRMASK
IRMASK
FLMASK
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B–
IC402
SIRCS
IC405
IR
IC404
RESET
IC403
IF CON
B+
B+
B+
B+
1
4.8
4.7
4.7
4.9
4.9
–10.1
–10.1
–10.5
3.3
3.3
3.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3.3
3.1
0.7
3.3
1.9
3.3
–20.8
–20.8
–20.8
–23.8
–20.7
–20.7
–20.7
–20.7
–20.7
–3.2
–23.6
–18.6
–20.2
–5.1
–10.1
–12.8
–9.7
–13.0
–13.2
–23.8
–20.3
–23.8
–9.7
1.8
0
–16.7
–13.1
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.3
0
1.4
0
3.3
0
3.3
3.1
0
3.3
0
0.3
3.0
0
3.1
3.3
3.0
0
IR-39
BOARD
CN1651
1/
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
4-37
4-38
FL-123 (INTERFACE CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: FL-123 board; 40,000 series –
FL-123 BOARD
INTERFACE CONTROL
FL-123
• Waveforms
1 IC403 3
3.2 Vp-p (8 MHz)
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
DVP-F21
TP203
S202
5P
CN301
1
2
3
4
5
S203
TP301
TP201
TP209
S201
TP202
S301
COF
CRE
CON
GND
LEV
CKSW1
LVSW1
GND
CKSW2
CKSW3
MD-89
BOARD
CN103
4P
CN401
1
2
3
4
S401
2P
CN402
1
2
DIS
RM+
RM-
GND
RM+
ROSW1
RM-
MD-89
BOARD
CN102
M001
ROLLER
MOTOR
M
TP301
TP209
TP203
TP202
TP201
S301
S203
S202
S201
CN301
1-682-759-
MD-90 BOARD (SIDE A)
08
(11)
11
4-39
4-40 E
MD-90 (FUNCTION SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: MD-90 board; 30,000 series –
SWITCH
MD-90, MD-91
A
B
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MD-90 BOARD
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MD-91 BOARD
S401
CN402
CN401
1-682-760-
MD-91 BOARD (SIDE A)
08
(11)
11
MD-91 (SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
– Ref. No.: MD-91 board; 10,000 series –
IR-39
(IR)
FL-123
(INTERFACE CONTROL)
MD-89
(FUNCTION SWITCH (1))
MD-91
MB-99
(VIDEO/AUDIO/SIGNAL PROCESS/SERVO)
MD-90
(FUNCTION SWITCH (2))
There are a few cases that the part isn’t mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
There are a few cases that the part isn’t mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
w w w
.
x i a o y u 1 6 3 .
c o m
Q Q
3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
T E L
1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
5-1
5-1.
SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MB-99 BOARD IC103)
DVP-F21
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
1
HA17
O
2
HA18
O
3
HA19
O
4
HA20
O
5
HA21
O
6
HA22
O
reserved
7
WP
O
IIC EEPROM Write Protect
8
RM–
O
Roller Motor Drive
9
AVcc
10
AVRH
11
A/D GND
12
Region
I
A/D Input
13
Model
I
A/D Input
14
AN2
I
A/D Input
15
AN3
I
A/D Input
16
XAVDIT
I
AV decorder Interrupt
17
XARPIT
I
Katrina ARP Interrupt
18
XSDPIT
I
Katrina SDSP Interrupt
19
NC (GPO)
I
MS Interrupt
20
XIFBSY
I
IFcon Busy
21
ROSW1
I
Roller SW1
22
ROSW2
I
Roller SW2
23
NC (GPO)
O
Amadeus Control
24
Vcc
25
SI0
I
ch0 Serial Input
26
SO0
O
ch0 Serial Output
27
SC0
O
ch0 Serial Clock
28
SI1
I
ch1 Serial Input
29
SO1
O
ch1 Serial Output
30
SC1
O
ch1 Serial Clock
31
SI2
I
ch2 Serial Input
32
SO2
O
ch2 Serial Output
33
ROSW3
I
Roller SW3
34
Vss
35
XRST
O
System Reset Output
36
XARPRST
O
ARP Reset Output
37
RM+
O
Roller Motor Drive
38
SDA
I/O
IIC Data
39
SCL
I/O
IIC Clock
40
ROSW4
I
Roller SW3
41
XLDON
O
Laser Diode Mute
42
LVSW1
I
Lever SW1
43
MD0
I
44
MD1
I
45
MD2
I
46
DREQ0
I
ch0 DMA REQ
47
DACK0
O
ch0 DMA ACK
48
XDRVMUTE
O
Drive Mute
49
DREQ1
I
ch1 DMA REQ
50
DACK1
O
ch1 DMA ACK
51
XIFCS
O
Ifcon CS
52
Vss
GND
53
X’tal (16.5MHz)
Clock Output
54
X’tal (16.5MHz)
Clock Input
55
Vcc
Power Supply
56
CKSW3
I
Chacking SW3
57
CKSW1
I
Chacking SW1
58
XROMCS
O
External ROM Chip Select
59
PA1/CS1x
O
External RAM Chip Select
60
XAVDCS2
O
AVD SDRAM CS
61
XAVDCS3
O
AVD R-BUS Reg. CS
62
XARPCS
O
Katrina-ARP CS
63
XSDPCS
O
Katrina-SDSP CS
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
64
65
PA6/CS6x
O
MS CS
66
CS7
O
reserved (dummy for AVD DMA)
67
XWAIT
I
External WAIT Signal Input
68
P81/BGRNTx
I
External Bus Open Acknowledge Input
69
P82/BRQ
I
Exernal Bus Open Request Input
70
XRD
O
71
XWRH
O
/External SRAM Upper Byte
72
P85/LBx/WR1x
O
/External SRAM Lower Byte
73
NMIx
I
74
HSTx
I
75
Vss
76
XFRRST
I
5G_FR Reset Input
77
CPUCK
O
5G_FR Clock Output (33/66MHz)
78
CKSW2
I
Chacking SW2
79
XDACS
O
2ch DAC CS
80
VES_CS
O
uDSP CS
81
48/44.1K
O
PLL-IC control
82
WIDE
O
83
MAMUTE
O
Main Audio Mute
84
P97/WRx
O
External SRAM WE
85
HD0
I/O
86
HD1
I/O
87
HD2
I/O
88
HD3
I/O
89
HD4
I/O
90
HD5
I/O
91
HD6
I/O
92
HD7
I/O
93
HD8
I/O
94
HD9
I/O
95
HD10
I/O
96
HD11
I/O
97
HD12
I/O
98
HD13
I/O
99
HD14
I/O
100
HD15
I/O
101
Vss
102
HA0
O
103
HA1
O
104
HA2
O
105
HA3
O
106
HA4
O
107
HA5
O
108
HA6
O
109
HA7
O
110
Vcc
111
HA8
O
112
HA9
O
113
HA10
O
114
HA11
O
115
HA12
O
116
HA13
O
117
HA14
O
118
HA15
O
119
Vss
120
HA16
O
SECTION 5
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
5-2.
SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (FL-123 BOARD IC403)
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
1
VSS
—
GND
2
XIN
—
Resonator connecting pin for high-frequency clock
3
XOUT
—
Resonator connecting pin for high-frequency clock
4
TEST
I
Pin for shipping test (Low lebel) (internally pulled down)
5
VCC
—
Vcc (EVER3.3 V)
6
SEL
I
Model selection L: 1470/H: 1475 (Not used)
7
/FRRST
O
System control reset (L: RESET)
8
/RST
I
Reset signal input (internally pulled up)
9
IRMASK
O
IR signal mask control for IR39 (L: OFF/H: mask ON)
10
SEF_CHECK
I
Self-check mode selection (L: self-check/H: normal operation)
11
IR
I
Remote control input
12
FLMASK
O
IR signal mask control for FL123 (L: OFF/H: mask ON)
13
/DISC
I
Disc sensor input (monitored at standby mode)
14
/CS
I
Serial communication CS
15
SI
I
Serial communication SI
16
SO
O
Serial communication SO
17
/SC
I
Serial comunication clock
18
P50
O
Not used
19
P_DET
O
Not used
20
/IR2
I
Remote control receiving 2 (For IR signal noise judgement of IR39)
21
BUZ
O
Buzzer driving pulse (1 kHz/2 kHz)
22
P00
O
Not used
23
P01
O
Not used
24
P02
O
Not used
25
/INS
I
Disc INS signal (monitored at standby mode)
26
PCONT
O
Power control
27
BUSY
O
Serial communication IFcon busy
28
/AMUTE
O
AMUTE
29
/VMUTE
O
VMUTE
30
PONCHK
I
System control power voltage check
31
P41
O
Not used
32
/WAKE
I
WAKE sensor (For 1475 only)
33
P43
O
Not used
34
SW1
I
“Button input X2 (POWER, PREV)”
35
SW2
I
“Button input X2 (EJECT, LR-SEL)”
36
SW3
I
“Button input X2 (PLAY, PAUSE)”
37
SW4
I
“Button input X2 (STOP, NEXT)”
38
AVSS
—
Analog reference GND for A/D converter
39
VAREF
—
Analog reference voltage for A/D converter
40
VKK
I
Power supply for fluorescent display driver
41
LED5
O
(LED_VES) (internally pulled down)
42
LED4
O
(LED_LR-GRN) for 1475 only (internally pulled down)
43
LED3
O
(LED_LR_ORG) for 1475 only (internally pulled down)
44
LED2
O
Not used (internally pulled down)
45
LED1
O
Not used (internally pulled down)
46
LED6
O
Not used (Vkk internally pulled down)
47
LED7
O
Not used (Vkk internally pulled down)
48
SEG17
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
49
SEG16
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
50
SEG15
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
51
SEG14
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
52
SEG13
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
53
SEG12
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
54
SEG11
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
55
SEG10
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
56
SEG9
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
57
SEG8
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
58
SEG7
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
59
SEG6
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
60
SEG5
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
61
SEG4
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
62
SEG3
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
63
SEG2
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
64
SEG1
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
65
SEG18
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
66
DIG9
O
Not used
67
DIG8
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
68
DIG7
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
69
DIG6
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
70
DIG5
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
71
DIG4
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
72
DIG3
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
73
DIG2
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
74
DIG1
O
Fluorescent display drive (Vkk internally pulled down)
75
LED10
O
Not used (Vkk internally pulled down)
76
LED9
O
Not used (Vkk internally pulled down)
77
LED8
O
Not used (Vkk internally pulled down)
78
VCC
—
Power supply (Vcc)
79
LED12
O
LED drive (Dimmer control disable) (LED_PWR)
80
LED11
O
LED drive (Dimmer control disable) (LED_PWR)
5-2 E
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-1
SECTION 6
TEST MODE
6-1.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Test Mode allows you to make diagnosis and adjustment
easily using the remote commander and monitor TV. The
instructions, diagnostic results, etc. are given on the on-screen
display (OSD).
Note:
Since the remote commander belongs to this model has
no number buttons, use other DVD remote commander
with number buttons on it.
6-2.
STARTING TEST MODE
Press the [TOPMENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] keys on the remote
commander in this order with the power of main unit in OFF
status, and the Test Mode starts, then “DIAG ST” will be
displayed on the fluorescent display tube and the menu shown
below will be displayed on the TV screen. At the bottom of menu
screen, the model name and revision numbers are displayed. Last
Off at the lower right of screen indicates the information code
concerning the last power off.
To execute each function, select the desired menu and press its
number on the remote commander.
To exit from the Test Mode, press the [POWER] key.
Power Off Information Code List
00:
Primary Power Off
01:
Power Off Request from SYSTEM CONTROL
02:
Power Off by Emergency Power Off Command from
SYSTEM CONTROL
(if information is sent from SYSTEM CONTROL)
03:
IF CON Judged that SYSTEM CONTROL is Faulty
04:
Power Off from Diagnosis Mode of IF CON
05:
Forced Power Off by the User
06:
Power Off by Power Supply Voltage Monitor
6-3.
SYSCON DIAGNOSIS
The same contents as board detail check by serial interface can be
checked from the remote commander.
On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [0] key on the remote
commander, and the following check menu will be displayed.
DVP-F21
Test Mode Menu
0. Syscon Diagnosis
1. Drive Auto Adjustment
2. Drive Manual Operation
3. Mecha Aging
4. Emergency History
5. Version Information
6. Video Level Adjustment
Exit: Power Key
_
Model
: DPX-14XXX
Revision : 1.xxx
Last Off: xx
### Syscon Diagnosis ###
Check Menu
0. Quit
1. All
2. Version
3. Peripheral
4. Servo
5. Supply
6. AV Decoder
7. Video
8. Audio
_
### Syscon Diagnosis ###
Diag All Check
No. 2 Version
2-3. ROM Check Sum
Check Sum = xxxx
Press NEXT Key to Continue
Press PREV Key to Repeat
_
0. Quit
Quit the Syscon Diagnosis and return to the Test Mode Menu.
1. All (All items continuous check)
This menu checks all diagnostic items continuously. Normally, all
items are checked successively one after another automatically
unless an error is found, but at a certain item that requires
judgment through a visual check to the result, the following
screen is displayed for the key entry.
For the ROM Check, the check sum calculated by the Syscon is
output, and therefore you must compare it with the specified
value for confirmation.
Following the message, press [NEXT] key to go to the next item,
or [PREV] key to repeat the same check again. To quit the
diagnosis and return to the Check Menu screen, press [STOP] or
[ENTER] key. If an error occurred, the diagnosis is suspended
and the error code is displayed as shown below.
Press [STOP] key to quit the diagnosis, or [PREV] key to repeat
the same item where an error occurred, or [NEXT] key to
continue the check from the item next to faulty item.
### Syscon Diagnosis ###
3-3. EEPROM Check
Error 03: EEPROM Write/Read N
Address
: 00000001
Write Data : 2492
Read Data
: 2490
Press NEXT Key to Continue
Press PREV Key to Repeat
_
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-2
### Syscon Diagnosis ###
Check Menu
No. 5 Supply
0. Quit
1. All
2. ARP Register Check
3. ARP to RAM Data Bus
4. ARP to RAM Address Bus
5. ARP RAM Check
_
Submenu
Selecting 2 and subsequent items calls the submenu screen of
each item.
For example, if “5. Supply” is selected, the following submenu
will be displayed.
0. Quit
Quit the submenu and return to the main menu.
1. All (All submenu items continuous check.)
This menu checks 2 and subsequent items successively. At the
item where visual check is required for judgment or an error
occurred, the checking is suspended and the message is output for
key entry.
Normally, all items are checked successively one after another
automatically unless an error is found.
Selecting 2 and subsequent items executes respective menus and
outputs the results.
For the contents of each submenu, see “General Description of
Checking Method” and “Check Items List”.
General Description of Checking Method
2. Version
(2-2)
Revision
ROM revision number is displayed.
Error: Not detected.
The revision number defined in the source file of ROM
(IC107) is displayed with four digits.
(2-3)
ROM Check Sum
Check sum is calculated.
Error: Not detected.
8-bit data are added up to the ROM (IC107) address
0x000F0000 to 0x002EFFFF, and the result is displayed
with 4-digit hexadecimal number. Error is not detected.
Compare the result with the specified value.
(2-4)
Model Type
Model code is displayed.
Error: Not detected.
The model code read from the EEPROM is displayed
with 2-digit hexadecimal number.
Model Type
DVP-F21
UC
5
0
MX
5
2
CE1
5
3
CE2
5
4
GA
5
7
AU
5
a
CN
5
c
(2-5)
Region
Region code is displayed.
Error: Not detected.
The region code determined from the model code is
displayed.
3. Peripheral
(3-2)
EEPROM Check
Data write → read, and accord check
Error 03: EEPROM write/read discord
0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the address
0x00 to 0xFF of the EEPROM and then read for
checking. Before writing, the data are saved, then after
checking, they are written to restore the contents of
EEPROM.
4. Servo
(4-2)
Servo DSP Check
Data write → read, and accord check
Error 12: Read data discord
0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the RAM
address 0x602 of the Servo DSP and then read for
checking.
Also, OPT type “1 LASER” or “2 LASER” is displayed.
(4-3)
DSP Driver Test
Test signal data → DSP Driver
Error: Not detected.
Caution: Do not perform this checking with the mechanical deck
connected.
The maximum voltage is applied to the Servo Driver IC
(IC401). If the mechanical deck is connected, it will be
destroyed immediately. Following the output message,
disconnect the mechanical deck, then enter the
specified 4- or 5-digit value from the commander, and
press the [ENTER] key. The test is conducted only if
the entered value accords. To exit the test, check the
output level, then press [NEXT] key.
This check is not conducted, but skipped in “All” menu
item.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-3
### Syscon Diagnosis ###
5-4. ARP to RAM Address Bus
Error 10: ARP - RAM Address B
Address
: 0000A55A
Write Data : 00000000
Read Data
: 00080000
Press NEXT Key to Continue
Press PREV Key to Repeat
_
5. Supply
(5-2)
ARP Register Check
Data write → read, and accord check
Error 08: ARP register write, and read data discord
Data 0x00 to 0xFF is written sequentially to the ARP
TMAX register (address 0xC6) and then read for
checking.
(5-3)
ARP to RAM Data Bus
Data write → read, and accord check
Error 09: ARP ← → RAM data bus error
Data 0x0001 to 0x8000 where one bit each is set to 1 are
written to the address 0 of RAM (IC303) connected to the
ARP (IC302) through the bus, then they are read and
checked. In case of discord, written bit pattern and read
data are displayed. If data where multiple bits are 1 are
read, the bits concerned may touch each other. Further, if
data where certain bit is always 1 or 0 regardless of
written data, the line could be disconnected or shorted.
(5-4)
ARP to RAM Address Bus
Data write → other address read discord check
Error 10: ARP → RAM address bus error
Caution: Address and data display in case of an error is
different from the display of other diagnosis
(described later).
Before starting the test, all addresses of RAM (IC303) are
cleared to 0x0000. First, 0xA55A is written to the address
0x00000, and the address data are read and checked from
addresses 0x00001 to 0x80000 while shifting 1 bit each.
Next, the data at that address is cleared, and it is written
to the address 0x00001, and read and checked in the same
manner. This check is repeated up to the address 0x80000
while shifting the address data by 1 bit each.
If data other than 0 is read at the addresses except written
address, an error is given because all addresses were
already cleared to 0. In this check, the error display
pattern is different from that of other diagnosis; read data,
written address, and read address are displayed in this
order. However, the message uses same template, and
accordingly exchange Address and Data when reading.
The following display, for example, shows the data
0xA55A was read from address 0x00080000 though it
was written to the address 0x00000000. This implies that
these addresses are in the form of shadow. Also, if the
read data is not 0xA55A, another error will be present.
(5-5)
ARP RAM Check
Data write → read, and accord check
Error 11: ARP RAM read data discord
The program code data stored in ROM are copied to all
areas of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC302)
through the bus, then they are read and checked if they
accord. If the detail check was selected initially, the data
are written to all areas and read, then the same test is
conducted once again with the data where all bits are
inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty
address, written data, and read data are displayed
following the error code 11, and the test is suspended.
6. AV Decoder
(6-2)
1930 RAM
Data write → read, and accord check
Error 13: AVD RAM read data discord
The program code data stored in ROM (IC107) are copied
to all areas of RAM (IC504, IC505) connected to the
AVD (IC503) through the bus, then they are read and
checked if they accord. Further, the same test is
conducted once again with the data where all bits are
inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty
address, written data, and read data are displayed
following the error code 13, and the test is suspended.
During the test, OSD display becomes blank as the OSD
area is also checked.
(6-3)
1930 SP
ROM → AVD RAM → Video OUT
Error: Not detected.
The data including sub picture streams in ROM (IC107)
are transferred to the RAM (IC504, IC505) in AVD
(IC503), and output as video signals from the AVD
(IC503).
Though OSD display becomes blank, the output of video
signals continues until the key is pressed.
They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/
C, Component) except EURO AV terminal.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-4
7. Video
(7-2)
Color Bar
AVD color bar command write → Video OUT
Error: Not detected.
The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar
signals are output from video terminals.
They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/
C, Component) except EURO AV terminal.
(7-3)
Composite Out
EURO-AV Composite video output check
AVD color bar command write → Video (EURO-AV
Composite) OUT
Error: Not detected.
With the Component of video output turned off, the color
bar signals are output from the EURO-AV terminal.
(7-4)
Y/C Out
EURO-AV Y/C video output check
AVD color bar command write → Video (EURO-AV Y/C)
OUT
Error: Not detected.
With the Y/C of video output turned on, the color bar
signals are output from the EURO-AV terminal.
8. Audio
(8-2)
ARP → 1930
Error 14: ARP → 1932 video NG
15: ARP → 1932 audio NG
(8-3)
Test Tone
A pink noise signal is output from the AVD (IC503)
through optical coaxial digital terminal and analog audio
terminal.
Error: Not detected.
After turning on all outputs, each time the [NEXT] key is
pressed, the output channel is switched for individual
channel checking.
Left + Right → Left → Right are checked in this order.
Check Items List
2)
Version
(2-2)
Revision
(2-3)
ROM Check Sum
(2-4)
Model Type
(2-5)
Region
3)
Peripheral
(3-2)
Gate Array Check
(3-3)
EEPROM Check
4)
Servo
(4-2)
Servo DSP Check
(4-3)
DSP Driver Test
5)
Supply
(5-2)
ARP Register Check
(5-3)
ARP to RAM Data Bus
(5-4)
ARP to RAM Address Bus
(5-5)
ARP RAM Check
6)
AV Decoder
(6-2)
1930 RAM
(6-3)
1930 SP
7)
Video
(7-2)
Color Bar
(7-3)
Composite Out
(7-4)
Y/C Out
8)
Audio
(8-2)
ARP → 1930
(8-3)
Test Tone
Error Codes List
00: Error not detected
01: RAM write/read data discord
02: Gate array NG
03: EEPROM NG
04: Flash memory clear error
05: Flash memory write error
06: Flash memory read data discord
07: 2725 read data discord
08: ARP register read data discord
09: ARP ← → RAM data bus error
10: ARP ← → RAM address bus error
11: ARP RAM read data discord
12: Servo DSP NG
13: 1932 SDRAM NG
14: ARP → 1932 video NG
15: ARP → 1932 audio NG
16: 1910 UCODE download NG
17: System call error (function not supported)
18: System call error (parameter error)
19: System call error (illegal ID number)
20: System call error (time out)
21: NAND Flash faulty blocks exceed 10
90: Error occurred
91: User verification NG
92: Diagnosis cancelled
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-5
## Drive Auto Adjustment ##
Adjustment Menu
0. ALL
1. DVD-SL
2. CD
3. DVD-DL
4. LCD
Exit: RETURN
6-4.
DRIVE AUTO ADJUSTMENT
On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [1] key on the remote
commander, and the drive auto adjustment menu will be
displayed.
Normally, [0] is selected to adjust DVD (single layer), CD, DVD
(dual layer), and LCD (SACD) in this order. But, individual items
can be adjusted for the case where adjustment is suspended due to
an error. In this mode, the adjustment can be made easily through
the operation following the message displayed on the screen.
Which disc is currently adjusted is displayed on the fluorescent
display tube.
The disc used for adjustment must be the one specified for
adjustment.
0. ALL
You will be asked if EEPROM data are initialized or not, and for
this prompt, select [0] and press the [ENTER] key. First, the
servo setting data in EEPROM, Emergency History and Hour
Meter are cleared to initialize. Then, 1. DVD-SL disc, 2. CD disc,
3. DVD-DL disc, and 4. LCD disc (SACD disc) are adjusted in
this order. Each time one disc was adjusted, it is ejected, and
therefore exchange the disc following the message. Though the
message to confirm whether the discs is to be adjusted is not
displayed except for LCD disk (SACD disk), you can exit the
adjustment by pressing the [STOP] button. In adjusting each
disc, the mirror time is measured to check the disk type. In the
auto adjustment, whether the disc type is correct is not checked
unlike conventional models, and accordingly, take care not to
insert a different type of disc.
1. DVD-SL (single layer)
Select [1], insert DVD single layer disc, and press [ENTER] key,
and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then
adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM.
DVD Single Layer Disc Adjustment Steps
1.
SLED TILT Reset
2.
Disc Check Memory SL
3.
Set Disc Type SL
4.
Spdl Start
5.
Wait 1 sec
6.
LD ON
7.
Focus Error Check
8.
Focus ON 0
9.
Auto Track Offset Adjust L0
10. Trv Level Check
11. Tracking ON
12. Wait 100 msec
13. CLVA ON
14. Wait 500 msec
15. Sled ON
16. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust
17. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0
18. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0
19. EQ Boost Adjust
20. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust
21. RF Level Measure
22. Jitter Disp ON
23. Jitter Memory
24. Jitter Disp OFF
25. Eep Copy Loop Filter Offset
26. All Servo Stop
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-6
2. CD
Select [2], insert CD disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the
adjustment will be made through the following steps, then
adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM.
CD Adjustment Steps
1.
Sled Tilt Reset
2.
Disc Check Memory CD
3.
Set Disc Type CD
4.
Spdl Start
5.
Wait 1 sec
6.
LD ON
7.
Focus Error Check
8.
Fcs ON 1
9.
Auto Track Offset Adjust L0
10. Trv Level Check
11. Tracking ON
12. Wait 100 msec
13. CLVA ON
14. Wait 500 msec
15. Sled ON
16. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust
17. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0
18. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0
19. Eq Boost Adjust
20. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust
21. Auto Track Gain Adjust
22. RF Level Measure
23. Jitter Disp ON
24. Jitter Memory
25. Jitter Disp OFF
26. All Servo Stop
3. DVD-DL (dual layer)
Select [3], insert DVD dual layer disc, and press [ENTER] key,
and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then
adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM.
DVD Dual Layer Disc Adjustment Steps
1.
Sled Tilt Reset
2.
Disc Check Memory DL
3.
Set Disc Type DL
Layer 1 Adjust
4.
Spdl Start (Wait 1 sec)
5.
LD ON
6.
Fcs ON 1
7.
Auto Track Offset Adjust L1
8.
Tracking ON
9.
Wait 100 msec
10. Clva ON (Wait 500 msec)
11. Sled ON
12. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L1
13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L1
14. Eq Boost Adjust L1
15. Auto Track Gain Adjust L1
16. Jitter Disp ON
17. Jitter Memory
18. Jitter Disp Off
Layer 0 Adjust
19. Focus Jump (L1 → L0)
20. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0
21. Tracking ON (Wait 100 msec)
22. Clva ON (Wait 500 msec)
23. Sled ON
24. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0
25. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0
26. Eq Boost Adjust L0
27. Auto Track Gain Adjust L0
28. Jitter Disp ON
29. Jitter Memory
30. Jitter Disp OFF
31. All Servo Stop
4. LCD
This model does not adjust it because the adjusted data of CD are
reflected.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-7
## Drive Manual Operation ##
Operation Menu
1. Disc type
2. Servo Control
3. Track/Layer Jump
4. Manual Adjustment
5. Auto Adjustment
6. Memory Check
0. Disc Check Memory
Exit: RETURN
1.
Set correctly the disc type to be used on the Disc Type
screen.
The disc type must be set after a disc was loaded.
The set disc type is cleared when the tray is opened.
2.
After power ON, if the Drive Manual Operation was
selected, first perform “Reset SLED TILT” by opening
1. Disc Type screen.
3.
In case of an alarm, immediately press the [STOP]
button to stop the servo operation, and turn the power
OFF.
6-5.
DRIVE MANUAL OPERATION
On the Test Mode Menu screen, select [2], and the manual
operation menu will be displayed. For the manual operation, each
servo on/off control and adjustment can be executed manually.
In using the manual operation menu, take care of the following
points. These commands do not provide protection, thus requiring
correct operation. The sector address or time code field is
displayed when a disc is loaded.
Basic operation (controllable from front panel or remote
commander)
[POWER]
Power OFF
[STOP]
Servo stop
[OPEN/CLOSE]
Stop+Eject/Loading
[RETURN]
Return to Operation Menu or Test Mode
Menu
[NEXT], [PREV]
Transition between sub modes of menu
[1] to [9], [0]
Selection of menu items
Cursor UP/DOWN
Increase/Decrease in manually adjusted
value
0. Disc Check Memory
Disc Check
1. SL Disc Check
2. CD Disc Check
3. DL Disc Check
0. Reset SLED TILT
Disc Type
1. Disc Type Auto Check
2. DVD SL
12 cm
3. DVD DL
12 cm
4. CD
12cm
5. LCD
12 cm
6. DVD SL
8 cm
7. DVD DL
8 cm
8. CD
8 cm
9. LCD
8 cm
0. Reset SLED TILT
EMG. 00
Disc Type
1. Disc Type Auto Check
2. DVD SL
12 cm
3. DVD DL
12 cm
4. CD
12cm
5. SACD
12 cm
6. DVD SL
8 cm
7. DVD DL
8 cm
8. CD
8 cm
9. SACD
8 cm
0. Reset SLED TILT
SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00
DVD SL 12 cm
On this screen, the mirror time is measured and written to the
EEPROM to check the disc type. First, set a DVD SL disc and
press [1], then set a CD disc and press [2], and finally set a DVD
DL disc and press [3]. The measured mirror time is displayed
respectively.
The adjustment must be executed more than once after default
data were written.
Reference value for DVD is from 10 to 20, and for CD, from 28
to 4F. Check that the value of CD is larger than that of DVD.
When those values are beyond a range perform this adjustment
again.
From this screen, you can go to another mode by pressing
[NEXT] or [PREV] key, but you cannot enter this mode from
another mode.
You can enter this mode from the Operation Menu screen only.
1. Disc Type
On this screen, select the disc type. To select the disc type, press
the number of the loaded disc. The selected disc type is displayed
at the bottom. Selecting [1] automatically selects and displays the
disc type. In case of wrong display, retry “Disc Check Memory”.
Also, ejecting the disc causes the set disc type to be cleared. In
this case, set the disc type again after loading.
In performing manual operation, the disc type must be set.
Once the disc type has been selected, the sector address or time
code display field will appear as shown below. These values are
displayed when PLL is locked.
Display when DVD SL 12cm disc was selected
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-8
Disc Type
1. Disc Type Auto Check
2. DVD SL
12 cm
3. DVD DL
12 cm
4. CD
12cm
5. LCD
12 cm
6. DVD SL
8 cm
7. DVD DL
8 cm
8. CD
8 cm
9. LCD
8 cm
0. Reset SLED TILT
TC.---:---:--- EMG. 00
CD 12 cm
Servo Control
1. LD
Off R.Sled FWD
2. SP
Off L.Sled REV
3. Focus
Off
4. TRK.
Off
5. Sled
Off
6. CLVA
Off
7. FCS. Srch
Off
0. Reset SLED TILT
SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00
DVD SL 12 cm
Display when CD 12cm disc was selected
[0] Reset SLED TILT
Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial
position.
[1] Disc Type Check
Judge automatically the loaded disc. As
the judged result is displayed at the
bottom of screen, make sure that it is
correct.
If Disc Check Memory menu has not
been executed after EEPROM default
setting, the disc type cannot be judged.
In this case, return to the initial menu
and make a check for three types of
discs (SL, DL, CD).
[2] to [9]
Select the loaded disc. The adjusted
value is written to the address of
selected disc. No further entry is
necessary if [1] was selected.
2. Servo Control
On this screen, the servo on/off control necessary for replay is
executed. Normally, turn on each servo from 1 sequentially and
when CLVA is turned on, the usual trace mode becomes active. In
the trace mode, DVD sector address or CD time code is
displayed.
This is not displayed where the spindle is not locked.
The spindle could run overriding the control if the spindle system
is faulty or RF is not present. In such a case, do not operate
CLVA.
Tracking/Layer Jump
1. 1Tj FWD
R. Fj (L1 → L0)
2. 1Tj REV
L. Fj (L0 → L1)
3. 2Tj FWD
U. Lj (L1 → L0)
4. 2Tj REV
D. Lj (L0 → L1)
5. NTj FWD
6. NTj REV
7. 500Tj FWD
8. 500Tj REV
9. 10k/20k FWD
0. 10k/20k REV
SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00
DVD SL 12 cm
[0] Reset SLED TILT
Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial
position.
[1] LD
Turn ON/OFF the laser.
[2] SP
Turn ON/OFF the spindle.
[3] Focus
Search the focus and turn on the focus.
[4] TRK
Turn ON/OFF the tracking servo.
[5] Sled
Turn ON/OFF the sled servo.
[6] CLVA
Turn ON/OFF normal servo of spindle
servo.
[7] FCS. Srch
Apply same voltage as that of focus
search to the focus drive to check the
focus drive system.
Sled FWD
Move the sled outward. Perform this
operation with the tracking servo turned
off.
Sled REV
Move the sled inward. Perform this
operation with the tracking servo turned
off.
3. Track/Layer Jump
On this screen, track jump, etc. can be performed. Only for the
DVD-DL, the focus jump and layer jump are displayed in the
right field.
[1] 1Tj FWD
1-track jump forward.
[2] 1Tj REV
1-track jump reverse.
[3] 2Tj FWD
2-track jump forward.
[4] 2Tj REV
2-track jump reverse.
[5] NTj FWD
N-track jump forward.
[6] NTj REV
N-track jump reverse.
[7] 500Tj FWD
Fine search forward.
[8] 500Tj REV
Fine search reverse.
[9] 10k/20k FWD
Direct search forward.
[0] 10k/20k REV
Direct search reverse.
- The following commands are valid for DVD-DL disc only -
Fj (L1 → L0)
Focus jump forward.
(Trk/Sled Servo OFF)
Fj (L0 → L1)
Focus jump reverse.
(Trk/Sled Servo OFF)
Lj (L1 → L0)
Layer jump forward.
(Trk/Sled Servo ON)
Lj (L0 → L1)
Layer jump reverse.
(Trk/Sled Servo ON)
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-9
Manual Adjustment
1. TRK. Offset
2. Focus Gain
3. TRK. Gain
4. Focus Offset
5. Focus Balance
6. L.F. Offset
7. EQ BOOST
8. GD ADJ
Adjustment : Up/Down
Jitter 1D
SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00
DVD SL 12 cm
Auto Adjustment
1. Auto TRK. Offset
2. Auto Focus Balance
3. Auto Focus Offset
4. Auto Focus Gain
5. Auto TRK. Gain
6. Auto EQ
7. Auto L.F. Offset
8. Auto Group Delay
SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00
DVD SL 12 cm
EEPROM DATA 1
-– DL -–
CD LCD
SL
L0
L1
Focus Gain
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
TRK. Gain
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
FCS Balance
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
Focus Bias
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
TRV. Offset
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
L.F. Offset
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
EQ Boost
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
Mirror Time
xx --
xx
xx
_
DOWN : Next Data
CLEAR: Default Set
page. 1/2
EEPROM DATA 2
-– DL -–
CD LCD
SL
L0
L1
RF Jitter
xx --
xx
xx
xx
RF Level
xx --
xx
--
--
FE Level
xx --
xx
--
--
FE Balance
xx --
xx
--
--
TRV. Level
xx --
xx
--
--
Analog FRSW
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
PLL Dac Gain
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
_
UP : Prev Data
CLEAR: Default Set
page. 2/2
[1] Auto TRK.
Offset Adjusts tracking offset.
[2] Auto Focus Balance
Adjusts focus balance.
[3] Auto Focus Offset
Adjusts focus offset.
[4] Auto Focus Gain
Adjusts focus gain.
[5] Auto TRK.
Gain Adjusts track gain.
[6] Auto EQ
[7] Auto L.F. Offset
Adjusts loop filter offset.
[8] Auto Group Delay
6. Memory Check
On this screen, current servo adjusted data stored in the EEPROM
are displayed. The adjusted data are initialized by pressing the
[CLEAR] key, but be careful that they are not recoverable after
initialization.
Before clearing the adjusted data, make a note of the set data.
This screen will also appear if [0] All is selected in the Drive
Auto Adjustment. In this case, default setting cannot be made.
For reference, the drive has been designed so that the gain center
value is 20 and offset value is 80. Other values will be in a range
of 10 to 80. If extreme value such as 00 or FF is set, adjustment
will be faulty. In such a case, check for disc scratch or cable
disconnection, then perform adjustment again.
4. Manual Adjustment
On this screen, each item can be adjusted manually. Select the
desired number [1] to [8] from the remote commander, and
current setting for the selected item will be displayed, then
increase or decrease numeric value with
key or
key. This
value is stored in the EEPROM. If CLV has been applied, the
jitter is displayed for reference for the adjustment.
[1] TRK. Offset
Adjusts tracking offset.
[2] Focus Gain
Adjusts focus gain.
[3] TRK.Gain
Adjusts track gain.
[4] Focus Offset
Adjusts focus offset.
[5] Focus Balance
Adjusts focus balance.
[6] L.F. Offset
Adjusts loop filter offset.
[7] EQ BOOST
[8] GD ADJ
5. Auto Adjustment
On this screen, each item can be adjusted automatically. Select
the desired number [1] to [8] from the remote commander, and
selected item is adjusted automatically.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-10
### Mecha Aging ###
Press OPEN key
Abort: STOP key
### EMG. History ###
Laser Hours
CD
xxxxxxxh
DVD
xxxxxxxh
1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Select: 1 – 9
Scroll: UP/DOWN
(1: Last EMG.) Exit: RETURN
6-6.
MECHA AGING
On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [3] executes the aging
of mechanism. First, open the tray and load a disc. Press the
[PLAY] key, and the aging will start. When the tray is closed, the
disc type and size are judged and displayed. During aging, the
repeat cycle is displayed. Aging can be aborted at any time by
pressing the [STOP] key. After the operation has stopped, unload
the disc and press again the [STOP] key or the [RETURN] key to
return to the Test Mode Menu.
6-7.
EMERGENCY HISTORY
On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [4] displays the
information such as servo emergency history. The history
information from last 1 up to 10 can be scrolled with
key or
key. Also, specific information can be displayed by directly
entering that number with ten keys. The upper two lines display
the laser ON total hours. Data below minutes are omitted.
Clearing History Information
Clearing laser hours
Press [DISPLAY] and [CLEAR] keys in this order.
Both CD and DVD data are cleared.
Clearing emergency history
Press [TITLE] and [CLEAR] keys in this order.
Initializing set up data
Press [DVD] and [CLEAR] keys in this order.
The data have been initialized when “Set Up Initialized”
message is displayed. The EMG. History screen will be
restored soon.
How to see Emergency History
1: Emergency Code
2: Don’t Care (These codes are used for verification of software
designing.)
3: Historical order 1 to 9
Emergency Codes List
10: Communication to IC202 (MB-99 board) failed.
11: Each servo for focus, tracking, and spindle is unlocked.
12: Communication to EEPROM, IC101 (MB-99 board) failed.
13: Writing of hours meter data to EEPROM, IC101 (MB-99
board) failed.
14: Communication to Servo DSP IC302 (MB-99 board) failed,
or Servo DSP is faulty.
20: Initialization of tilt servo and sled servo failed. They are not
placed in the initial position.
21: Tilt servo operation error
22: Syscon made a request to move the tilt servo to wrong
position.
23: Sled servo operation error
24: Syscon made a request to move the sled servo to wrong
position.
30: Tracking balance adjustment error
31: Tracking gain adjustment error
32: Focus balance adjustment error
33: Focus bias adjustment error
34: Focus gain adjustment error
35: Tilt servo adjustment error
36: RF equalizer adjustment error
37: RF group delay adjustment error
38: Jitter value after adaptive servo operation is too large.
40: Focus servo does not operate.
41: With a dual layer (DL) disc, focus jump failed.
50: CLV (spindle) servo does not operate.
51: Spindle does not stop.
60: With a DVD disc, Syscon made a request to seek nonexistent
address.
61: With a CD disc, Syscon made a request to seek nonexistent
address.
62: With a CD disc, Syscon made a request to seek nonexistent
track No. and index No.
63: With a DVD disc, seeking of target address failed.
64: With a CD disc, seeking of target address failed.
65: With a CD disc, seeking of target index failed.
70: With a DVD disc, physical information data could not be
read.
71: With a CD disc, TOC data could not be read.
80: Disc type judgment failed.
81: As disc type judgment failed, retry was repeated.
82: As disc type judgment failed, a measurement error occurred.
83: Disc type could not be judged within the specified time.
84: Illegal command code was received from Syscon.
85: Illegal command was received from Syscon.
1.
2
1
3
2
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-11
Digital
DTS
PBC
ANGLE
TITLE
A-B
TRACK
CHAP
HOUR
MIN
SEC
D V D
V C D
C D
NTSC
BNR
Digital
DTS
PBC
ANGLE
TITLE
A-B
TRACK
CHAP
HOUR
MIN
SEC
D V D
V C D
C D
NTSC
BNR
Digital
DTS
PBC
ANGLE
TITLE
A-B
TRACK
CHAP
HOUR
MIN
SEC
D V D
V C D
C D
NTSC
BNR
Digital
DTS
PBC
ANGLE
TITLE
A-B
TRACK
CHAP
HOUR
MIN
SEC
D V D
V C D
C D
NTSC
BNR
1 FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds)
2 Model display (for 2 seconds)
3 Version display (for 2 seconds)
4 ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds)
Repeat above steps 1 to 4.
FLD Auto Self Check
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-12
## Version Information ##
IF con.
Ver : x. xxx (xxxx)
Group 00
SYScon.
Ver : x. xxx (xxxx)
Model xx
Region 0x
Servo DSP. Ver : 1. xxxx
OPT Type : x LASER
Exit: RETURN
_
6-8.
VERSION INFORMATION
The ROM version, region code, OPT type, etc. are displayed if
[5] is selected in the Test Mode Menu. The parenthesized
hexadecimal number in the version number field indicates the
checksum value of the ROM.
Note : After down loading ROM data, sometimes it happens that
checksum is not the same as that of ROM data which has
been down loaded. In such a case, go back to the menu
and select “0. Syscon Diagnosis”, then select “1. All” in
“2. Version”. If the result of this operation does not give
an agreement, it must be either Down Load error or ROM
error.
6-9.
VIDEO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [6] displays color bars
for video level adjustment. During display of color bars, OSD
disappears but the menu screen will be restored if pressing any
key.
Measurement point:
LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector (75 Ω
terminated)
Measuring instrument: Oscilloscope
Adjustment device:
RV501 on MB-99 board
Specified value:
1.0
+0.04 Vp-p
–0.02
6-10. IF CON Function Check Mode
1. Button function
When any button except [POWER] of the main unit is pressed in
the Test mode, the unit exits from the Self Check mode of the
fluorescent display tube.
While a button is pressed, the function name of that button is
displayed on the FLD, and when stops pressing the button,
“Nothing” is displayed. When two buttons are pressed
simultaneously, “DOUBLE” is displayed. As for the name of the
button refer to the following table.
For the button with LED, whenever it presses, turning on the light
and turning off are repeated.
Port
Number
Function
Key
Input Voltage Detection Range
Name
Code
MIN
TYP
MAX
SW1
0
POWER
00
0.00
—
1.10
34p
1
PREV
0B
1.11
1.65
2.20
SW2
0
EJECT
09
0.00
—
1.10
35p
SW3
0
PLAY
0A
0.00
—
1.10
36p
1
PAUSE
02
1.11
1.65
2.20
SW4
0
STOP
01
0.00
—
1.10
37p
1
NEXT
0C
1.11
1.65
2.20
The direction buttons on the remote commander are functioned as
buttons to entering the specific mode.
:
Fluorescent display Grid check
:
LED check (Not used)
:
All lights up
:
Fluorescent display Anode check
All buttons are judged with the voltage of A/D port. The reference
voltage of A/D port is EVER +3.3 V. To reject chattering,
measure the voltage twice and the same values are obtained, this
voltage is judged as the A/D port voltage. The dead zone is
provided for the IF CON button judgment voltage. When a
voltage within the range of dead zone is input, “IGNORE” is
displayed.
2. Remote commander receiving function
If the unit is received a command of the remote commander when
“NOTHING” is displayed, the function name of the code of the
remote commander is displayed on the display. The code which
the unit can receive is only DVD category.
The [DISPLAY] button on the remote commander functions as
switch of the button name display and code display. In the code
display mode, “REM NO.xx” is displayed. The received code is
displayed with hexadecimal notation into the “xx” column. When
the unit has not received the command, “FF” is displayed.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-13
3. SYSTEM CONTROL - IF CON serial
communication
The IF CON and SYSTEM CONTROL are usually performing
both-directions communication in a cycle of 24 ms. This mode
checks in simple whether this communication is performed
normally. When “NOTHING” is displayed and the character
portion of [VCR], [DVD] and [CD] has gone out on the left side
of the display, this state means that communication with
SYSTEM CONTROL is performed normally. If the character
portion is lit up, this state means the communication is not
performed correctly. After the test mode is executed (until
initialization of the MB-89 board is completed), communication
is not performed for several seconds. Although the character
portion may light up in these intervals, but this is normal.
4. Fluorescent display tube lighting check
Fluorescent display tube lighting check can also be performed
roughly by automatic mode. But when checking in detail, use this
mode.
When [STOP] and [PLAY] buttons are pressed simultaneously,
all segments of the fluorescent display are turned on. The
button of the remote commander can also turn on all segments.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-14
a
f
h
g
e
r
p
n
s
c
m
d
Dp ( 2G~7G )
j
k
b
8G
7G
6G
5G
4G
3G
2G
1G
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
g
g
g
g
g
g
g
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
Dp
Dp
Dp
Dp
Dp
Dp
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
P18
( 2G~8G )
( 2G~8G )
( Grid )
( Anode )
1G
5G
6G
7G
8G
3G
4G
2G
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
6-15
5. Grid check (
button: Grid check mode)
This check mode makes it turn on one grid of the arbitrary grids
of fluorescent display at a time. (All anodes of applicable grid are
turned on.) During this check mode, grid of one somewhere
surely lights up. The [CLICK SHUTTLE] of remote commander
is used for movement of grid. However, since there is no
[CLICK SHUTTLE] in remote commander of supplied accessory,
it can correspond by the remote commander for DVD with
[CLICK SHUTTLE].
6. Anode check (
button: Anode check mode)
This check mode makes it turn on one anode of the arbitrary
anodes of fluorescent display at a time. (Applicable anodes of all
grids are turned on.) If [CLICK SHUTTLE] is rotated clockwise,
the check will begin from P1 and will move with P2, P3 .... After
the check of the last anode finishes, it returns to P1. During this
check mode, one anode in all grids surely lights up.
The [CLICK SHUTTLE] of remote commander is used for
movement of anode. However, since there is no
[CLICK SHUTTLE] in remote commander of supplied accessory,
it can correspond by the remote commander for DVD with
[CLICK SHUTTLE].
7. LED control
Whenever [EJECT] button is pressed, SUROUND LED (D406)
repeats on and off.
6-11. TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Cannot Enter Test Mode
You cannot enter the Test mode when either button has been
pressed by any reason with the board assembled in the front
panel.
In this state, the power does not turn on even under normal
condition (the set is kept in standby state), and also no button is
active and the remote commander is not accepted.
2. Power is not Supplied
1
Red LED does not light when AC is supplied (standby)
The power (EVER +5 V) is not supplied.
The X401 does not oscillate.
FTC connecting between FL-123 and MB-99 boards is
faulty.
2
At [POWER] button ON, LED is kept in red (standby state)
Any button has been pressed.
The voltage at PONCHK (30 pin) of the IF CON exceeds 0.1
V.
3
At [POWER] button ON, LED lights in green but returns to
red (standby state) after several seconds
The PONCHK (30 pin) of the IF CON is abnormal (slow
rising from 0.1 V to more than 1.5 V, or voltage not rising to
more than 1.5 V).
The SYSTEM CONTROL is faulty.
6-15 E
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
7-1
SECTION 7
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT
DVP-F21
In making adjustment, refer to 7-4. Adjustment
Related Parts Arrangement.
Note:
During diagnostic check, the characters and color bars
can be seen only with the NTSC monitor. Therefore, for
diagnostic check, use the monitor that supports both
NTSC and PAL modes.
Use the reference disc for PAL for check, and use the
reference disc for NTSC for adjustment.
This section describes procedures and instructions necessary for
adjusting electrical circuits in this set.
Instruments required:
1)
Color monitor TV
2)
Single or dual trace oscilloscope, band width over 100 MHz,
with delay mode
3)
Frequency counter (over 8 digits)
4)
Digital voltmeter
5)
Standard commander (RMT-D126A/D126E/D126P)
6)
DVD reference disc
HLX-501 (J-6090-071-A) (dual layer) (NTSC)
HLX-503 (J-6090-069-A) (single layer) (NTSC)
HLX-504 (J-6090-088-A) (single layer) (NTSC)
HLX-505 (J-6090-089-A) (dual layer) (NTSC)
HLX-506 (J-6090-077-A) (single layer) (PAL)
HLX-507 (J-6090-078-A) (dual layer) (PAL)
7)
SACD reference disc
HLXA-509 (J-6090-090-A)
8)
Extension Cable (J-6090-107-A)
7-1.
POWER SUPPLY CHECK
1. MB-99 Boards
Mode
E-E
Instrument
Digital voltmeter
1 EVER +3.3 V Check
Test point
JL708
Specification
3.3 ± 0.1 Vdc
2 SW +3.3 V Check
Test point
JL710
Specification
3.3 ± 0.2 Vdc
3 +5 V Check
Test point
JL709
Specification
5.0 ± 0.3 Vdc
4 SW +11 V Check
Test point
JL706, JL707
Specification
10.5 ± 0.5 Vdc
5 EVER +5 V Check
Test point
JL711
Specification
5.0 ± 0.2 Vdc
6 SW –11 V Check
Test point
JL705
Specification
–11.0 ± 1.0 Vdc
7 +1.8 V Check
Test point
JL713
Specification
1.8 ± 0.1 Vdc
Checking method:
1)
Confirm that each voltage satisfies the specification.
www. xiaoyu163. com
QQ 376315150
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
TEL 13942296513
9
9
2
8
9
4
2
9
8
0
5
1
5
1
3
6
7
3
Q
Q
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299
http://www.xiaoyu163.com
A
3. Checking S Video Output S-C
版权声明
1. 本站所有素材,仅限学习交流,仅展示部分内容,如需查看完整内容,请下载原文件。
2. 会员在本站下载的所有素材,只拥有使用权,著作权归原作者所有。
3. 所有素材,未经合法授权,请勿用于商业用途,会员不得以任何形式发布、传播、复制、转售该素材,否则一律封号处理。
4. 如果素材损害你的权益请联系客服QQ:77594475 处理。